/raid1/www/Hosts/bankrupt/TCR_Public/210402.mbx          T R O U B L E D   C O M P A N Y   R E P O R T E R

              Friday, April 2, 2021, Vol. 25, No. 91

                            Headlines

ADAPTHEALTH LLC: Moody's Confirms Ba3 CFR on AeroCare Transaction
ADMIRAL PROPERTY: Unsecureds to Split At Least $20K in Sale Plan
AEROCENTURY CORP: To Auction Assets in Bankruptcy
AL NGPL: Moody's Assigns First Time Ba3 Corporate Family Rating
ALAMO STRATEGIC: Case Summary & 20 Largest Unsecured Creditors

ANGLIN CULTURED STONE: Seeks to Hire Gellert Scali as Legal Counsel
ARCOSA INC: Moody's Assigns First Time Ba2 Corp Family Rating
ARETEC GROUP: Moody's Rates New $400M Sr. Unsecured Notes 'Caa2'
ATHLETICO HOLDINGS: Moody's Alters Outlook on B2 CFR to Stable
BWX TECHNOLOGIES: Moody's Rates New Unsecured Notes Due 2029 'Ba3'

CASTEX ENERGY: Seeks Approval to Hire Claro Group, Appoint CRO
CHAMP ACQUISITION: Moody's Alters Outlook on B2 CFR to Stable
CIELO VISTA: US Trustee Opposes Amended Disclosure Statement
CONSOL ENERGY: Moody's Rates New $75MM Secured Bonds 'Caa1'
CONTINENTAL COIFFURES: Unsecured Creditors to Recover 3% in Plan

CORELOGIC INC: Moody's Assigns 'B2' CFR & Rates New Term Loan 'B1'
CRESTWOOD EQUITY: Moody's Alters Outlook on Ba3 CFR to Stable
DIOCESE OF CAMDEN: Hires Prime Clerk as Administrative Advisor
EARTHWORX & SALES: Seeks Approval to Hire Wilson Accounting
EAST RIDGE RETIREMENT: Fitch Puts 2014 Bonds on Watch Negative

EL PASO COUNSELING: Says Talks to Assume Lease With HTA Ongoing
EPIC Y-GRADE: Moody's Lowers CFR to Caa3 on Weak Liquidity
FAIRBANKS COMPANY: Taps Logan & Company as Balloting Agent
FERRELLGAS PARTNERS: Completes Chapter 11 Restructuring
FORD MOTOR: Moody's Alters Outlook on Ba2 CFR to Stable

FORD MOTOR: Moody's Alters Outlook on Ba2 Ratings to Stable
FRASIER MEADOWS: Fitch Assigns BB+ Issuer Default Rating
FUTURUM COMMUNICATIONS: Seeks to Hire Hoff Law Offices as Counsel
GENERAL MOTORS: Moody's Affirms Ba2 Rating on Preferred Stock
GOODYEAR TIRE: Fitch Rates $1BB 2031/2033 Unsecured Notes 'BB-'

GOODYEAR TIRE: Moody's Rates New $1BB Unsec. Guaranteed Notes 'B2'
GREAT AMERICAN: Seeks to Hire Patrick Law Offices as Legal Counsel
GREYLOCK CAPITAL: Asks Court to Dismiss Chapter 11 Case
GRIDDY ENERGY: Resists Customers' Bid for Official Committee
GTT COMMUNICATIONS: Note Forbearance, Loan Extended to April 15,202

HENRY FORD VILLAGE: Med Healthcare Has $69M Opening Bid
HOPLITE INC: Case Summary & 11 Unsecured Creditors
HOWARD HUGHES: Moody's Affirms Ba2 CFR on Continued Improvement
HUNT COMPANIES: Moody's Assigns B2 CFR, Outlook Stable
HUNTER FAN: Moody's Assigns 'B2' CFR & First Lien Debt 'B2'

HYDRX FARMS: Cannabis Producer Starts CCAA Proceedings
II-VI INC: Fitch Puts 'BB' LongTerm IDR on Watch Negative
KNS ACQUISITION: Moody's Assigns First Time B2 Corp Family Rating
LUXURY DINING: Fig & Olive Plan Approved for Creditor Vote
MAD RIVER: Unsecured Creditors to Recover 100% If Sold for $7.19M

MALLINCKRODT PLC: Seeks Court Okay for $35 Million In Exec Bonuses
MBM SAND: Wind Down to Be in Accordance With Company Agreement
MERITAGE HOMES: Fitch Assigns BB+ Rating on Proposed Unsec. Notes
MERITAGE HOMES: Moody's Rates New $400M Unsecured Notes 'Ba1'
METHANEX CORP: Fitch Affirms 'BB' LongTerm Issuer Default Rating

MICHAELS COMPANIES: Moody's Assigns B1 CFR on Proposed Financing
MUSCLEPHARM CORP: Swings to $3.2 Million Net Income in 2020
NATIONAL RIFLE ASSOCIATION: Secret Board Meeting Can be Raised
NEUROCARE CENTER: Unsecured Creditors Will Receive $194K in Plan
NINE ENERGY: Moody's Lowers CFR to Caa3 on Restructuring Risks

NTH SOLUTIONS: Seeks Cash Collateral Access
OLMA-XXI INC: Court Approves Disclosure Statement
PARKLAND CORP: Fitch Assigns BB Rating on Proposed USD Unsec. Notes
PEARL HOLDING III: Moody's Withdraws 'Caa1' Corp Family Rating
PEELED INC: Seeks to Hire Newpoint as Restructuring Advisor

PEELED INC: Seeks to Hire Rupp Baase as Special Counsel
PENSKE AUTOMOTIVE: Moody's Alters Outlook on Ba1 CFR to Stable
PRIORITY HOLDINGS: Moody's Assigns B2 CFR on Planned Refinancing
REGIONAL HEALTH: Posts $9.7 Million Net Loss in 2020
ROBBIN'S NEST: May 19 Plan & Disclosure Hearing Set

SANITECH LLC: Seeks Approval to Hire Dennery as Legal Counsel
SCHOOL DISTRICT: Seeks to Hire Bruner Wright as Legal Counsel
SDI PROPERTIES: Trustee Hires Miles & Stockbridge as Counsel
STA TRAVEL: Seeks to Hire CBRE Inc. as Real Estate Advisor
SUZUKI CAPITAL: Seeks to Hire Platzer Swergold as Legal Counsel

TENET HEALTHCARE: Fitch Affirms 'B' LongTerm IDR, Outlook Stable
TI GROUP: Moody's Affirms B1 CFR & Alters Outlook to Positive
TORY BURCH: Moody's Assigns First Time Ba3 Corp. Family Rating
TRIDENT HOLDINGS: Seeks to Hire Andersen Law Firm as Counsel
UNITED AIRLINES: Fitch Cuts IDR to 'B+' & Alters Outlook to Stable

UNITED SHORE: Fitch Rates Proposed $700MM Unsecured Debt 'B+'
UNITED WHOLESALE: Moody's Rates Planned $700M Unsecured Bond 'Ba3'
VERMILION ENERGY: Moody's Lowers CFR to B1 on Declined Production
VILLA TAPIA CORP: Unsecured Creditors to Get 100% in 60-Month Plan
VINE ENERGY: Fitch Assigns First-Time 'B(EXP)' LongTerm IDR

VINE ENERGY: Moody's Assigns First Time B2 Corp. Family Rating
WESTERN DIGITAL: Fitch Affirms 'BB+' LT Issuer Default Rating
[^] BOOK REVIEW: The Rise and Fall of the Conglomerate Kings

                            *********

ADAPTHEALTH LLC: Moody's Confirms Ba3 CFR on AeroCare Transaction
-----------------------------------------------------------------
Moody's Investors Service confirmed AdaptHealth, LLC's Corporate
Family Rating at Ba3, the Probability of Default Rating at Ba3-PD
and the company's senior unsecured note rating at B1. The
Speculative Grade Liquidity rating is unchanged at SGL-1. The
outlook is negative. The rating actions conclude the review for
downgrade which commenced on December 1, 2020.

The confirmation of AdaptHealth's ratings reflects Moody's
expectations that the company's credit metrics will improve
following the acquisition of AeroCare Holdings, Inc. in January
2021 for a total purchase price of approximately $2 billion.
Leverage is currently elevated following the acquisition, with
Debt/EBITDA-Patient Capital Expenditures in the mid five times, on
a pro-forma basis. However, Moody's expects debt/EBITDA-Patient
Capital Expenditures will decline below 5 times in the next 12 to
18 months. Governance considerations were material in this rating
action. Positive consideration is given to the meaningful amount of
equity used to fund the AeroCare acquisition. Approximately $900
million of the $2 billion purchase price was funded with common
equity issued to the sellers. Further, in January 2021 AdaptHealth
raised approximately $250 million of incremental equity through a
stock offering. These actions mitigated the impact of the
acquisition on the credit profile.

The negative outlook reflects the level of integration risk
associated with the AeroCare acquisition as well as other recent
acquisitions. AdaptHealth undertook acquisitions in 2020 with cash
costs of $791 million. The negative outlook also reflects the risk
of future debt financed acquisitions. Given the company's currently
elevated leverage, there is limited cushion for the company to
deviate from its deleveraging plans.

Rating Actions:

AdaptHealth, LLC

The following ratings were confirmed:

Corporate Family Rating, confirmed at Ba3

Probability of Default Rating, confirmed at Ba3-PD

Senior unsecured rating, confirmed at B1 (LGD5 from LGD4)

The following rating is unchanged:

Speculative Grade Liquidity rating at SGL-1

Outlook Action:

Outlook revised to Negative from Ratings Under Review

RATINGS RATIONALE

AdaptHealth's Ba3 Corporate Family Rating reflects the company's
scale in the provision of home healthcare equipment and related
supplies in the United States with pro-forma revenues exceeding $2
billion. The company benefits from its focus on a broad range of
patient needs including sleep, home medical equipment, diabetes and
respiratory products, the majority of which relate to chronic
medical conditions with high levels of recurring revenues.
AdaptHealth is somewhat concentrated in sleep related products
which are approximately 38% of pro forma revenue. Following the
acquisition of AeroCare, the company benefits from a national
platform, as the regional footprints of AdaptHealth and AeroCare
were highly complementary. The rating is constrained by the
company's aggressive approach to acquisitions, with the closing of
the $2 billion acquisition of AeroCare in January 2021 occurring
shortly after other significant debt funded acquisitions. The
company's leverage is high with debt/EBITDA-Patient Capital
Expenditures in the mid five times range following the AeroCare
acquisition. Moody's expects debt/EBITDA-Patient Capital
Expenditures will fall below 5 times in the next 12 to 18 months.
Moody's expects the company will moderate the pace of acquisitions
in the near term while the company focuses on integrating AeroCare
and other recent acquisitions.

The outlook is negative. The negative outlook reflects the
integration risks associated with the company's recent
acquisitions. At the same time, there is limited capacity for the
company to pursue additional debt financed acquisitions while
leverage remains elevated.

The SGL-1 Speculative Grade Liquidity rating reflects the company's
very good liquidity profile. Cash is approximately $100 million,
and Moody's expects the company will generate around $150 million
of free cash flow (before acquisitions) in the next year. The
company has a $250 million revolving credit facility which Moody's
expects will remain substantially unused. The company's secured
term loan agreements are subject to maximum leverage and minimum
fixed charge covenants which have ample headroom.

Social considerations are a factor in AdaptHealth's ratings.
Medical device companies will generally benefit from demographic
trends, such as the aging of the populations. AdaptHealth will also
benefit from trends that support greater level of patient care in
their homes. That said, increasing utilization may pressure payors,
including individuals, commercial insurers or governments to seek
to limit use and/or reduce prices paid. AdaptHealth also faces
somewhat elevated social risks as more than 40% of its pro-forma
revenue is derived from Medicaid and Medicare programs and the
company is subject to federal and state regulations related to the
reimbursement of its products and services. Many of the products
distributed by AdaptHealth are also subject to competitive bid
requirements by regulators and could pressure pricing, though this
risk is mitigated by the company's diversity by product line. The
near term risk is also mitigated by the Center for Medicare &
Medicaid Services decision to cancel the 2021 competitive bidding
program and its proposal to reimburse all Home Medical Equipment
products, with a few specific exceptions, at current rates and to
schedule the next round of competitive bidding in 2024.

FACTORS THAT COULD LEAD TO AN UPGRADE OR DOWNGRADE OF THE RATINGS

Ratings could be upgraded if the company sustains debt/EBITDA below
4 times (after deducting patient equipment capital expenditures
from EBITDA) while maintaining a good liquidity profile and a
sustained track record of successful acquisition integration.
Further diversification by payor, product and geography, and
increased scale, would also be positive credit factors over time.

Ratings could be downgraded if the company is unable to
successfully integrate acquisitions or if financial policies become
more aggressive. Quantitatively, ratings could be downgraded if the
company sustains debt/EBITDA above 5 times (after deducting patient
equipment capital expenditures from EBITDA) or if liquidity
erodes.

Headquartered in Plymouth Meeting, PA, AdaptHealth is a provider of
home healthcare equipment and medical supplies to the home and
related services in the United States. The company's products cover
a range of products to address chronic conditions such as sleep
therapies, oxygen and related therapies in the home and other home
medical devices and supplies needed by chronically ill patients
with diabetes, wound care, urology, ostomy and nutrition supply
needs AdaptHealth services approximately 3 million patients
annually in all 50 states through a network of over 500 locations
in 46 states on a pro-forma basis. Revenues, pro-forma for recent
acquisitions, exceed $2 billion.

The principal methodology used in these ratings was Business and
Consumer Service Industry published in October 2016.


ADMIRAL PROPERTY: Unsecureds to Split At Least $20K in Sale Plan
----------------------------------------------------------------
Admiral Property Group LLC filed a Plan of Liquidation and a
Disclosure Statement.

According to the Debtor, the treatment of Allowed Claims under the
Plan provides a greater recovery for Creditors than that which is
likely to be achieved under other alternatives for the
reorganization or liquidation of the Debtor.

The Debtor currently owns the real property located at 157 Beach
96th Street, Queens, New York ("Property") being developed into a
10 unit residential property until the Debtor ran out of funds to
complete the development.

The Plan provides for a sale of the Property under the Bid
Procedures.  Currently, the Debtor has entered into a "stalking
horse" contract with Jerry Harary in the amount of $2,150,000.  The
Property was marketed by Rosewood Realty Group, the Debtor's real
estate broker, who obtained the Stalking Horse Contract.  After the
Court approves the Bid Procedures set forth in the Disclosure
Statement, Rosewood will engage in additional marketing to try to
solicit "higher or better" offers than the current offer set forth
in the Stalking Horse Contract.

If no "higher or better" bid is made, then the Property will be
sold to the Stalking Horse and the $2,150,000 contract price will
be used to fund payments under the Plan.

From the Sale Proceeds, the Debtor intends to pay its creditors as
proposed by the Plan, with FAC's agreement to fund the Plan Fund
from its entitlement to the Sale Proceeds as the senior secured
creditor.  The Plan Funds will contain sufficient cash to pay
Allowed Administrative Claims, Allowed Professional Fee Claims,
Allowed Priority Claims, and to create a $20,000 fund to pay
Unsecured Creditors on a Pro-Rata basis.

Class 4 Unsecured Claims totaling $364,860 will receive on the
Effective Date either (a) their Pro-Rata share of the Unsecured
Creditor Fund or (b) if the Sale Proceeds exceed the aggregate
amount of all senior Claims, the remaining Sale Proceeds, if any,
after payment in full of all senior Claims including Allowed
Administrative Claims (including Professional Fees), Allowed
Administrative Tax Claims, Allowed Priority Claims, Allowed
Priority Non-Tax Claims, and Allowed Claims in Classes 1 through 3
and reimbursement to FAC for $20,000 for funding the Unsecured
Creditors Fund.

A copy of the Disclosure Statement dated March 26, 2021, is
available at https://bit.ly/3me1t5I

                 About Admiral Property Group LLC

Admiral Property Group LLC is a single asset real estate debtor (as
defined in 11 U.S.C. Section 101(51B)).

On July 31, 2020, an involuntary petition was filed against Admiral
Property Group by Metro Mechanical LLC, N&K Plumbing and Heating
Corp, and Borowide Electrical Contractors (Bankr. E.D.N.Y. Case No.
20-42826).  

The petitioning creditors are represented by Joel Shafferman, Esq.,
at Shafferman & Feldman, LLP.

Judge Nancy Hershey Lord oversees the case.  

Robinson Brog Leinwand Greene Genovese & Gluck P.C. serves as
Debtor's legal counsel.


AEROCENTURY CORP: To Auction Assets in Bankruptcy
-------------------------------------------------
Leslie A. Pappas of Bloomberg Law reports that AeroCentury Corp.'s
attorney said the company will sell off 10 aircraft and liquidate
its other assets in bankruptcy.

Drake Asset Management Jersey Ltd. agreed to place the stalking
horse bid in the bankruptcy auction, AeroCentury's attorney, Joseph
M. Barry of Young Conaway Stargatt & Taylor, told the bankruptcy
court Tuesday, March 30, 2021.

Drake, AeroCentury's sole secured lender, offered forgiveness of
the $82.3 million it's owed in exchange for the 10 planes, which
are collateral for the loan.

The bid doesn't include a break-up fee or expense reimbursement,
and is subject to better offers at auction, the agreement says.

                     About AeroCentury Corp.

AeroCentury Corp. is engaged in the business of investing in used
regional aircraft equipment and leasing the equipment to foreign
and domestic regional air carriers. The Company's principal
business objective is to acquire aircraft assets and manage those
assets in order to provide a return on investment through lease
revenue and, eventually, sale proceeds. The Company is
headquartered in Burlingame, California.

AeroCentury Corp. and affiliates JetFleet Holdings Corp. and
JetFleet Management Corp. sought Chapter 11 bankruptcy protection
(Bankr. D. Del. Lead Case No. 21-10636) on March 29, 2021.

Morrison & Foerster LLP and Young Conaway Stargatt & Taylor, LLP
are serving as legal advisor, and B Riley Securities, Inc., is
serving as financial advisor and investment banker.  Kurtzman
Carson Consultants is the claims agent, maintaining the page
http://www.kccllc.net/aerocentury


AL NGPL: Moody's Assigns First Time Ba3 Corporate Family Rating
---------------------------------------------------------------
Moody's Investors Service assigned first-time ratings to AL NGPL
Holdings LLC, including a Ba3 Corporate Family Rating, a Ba3-PD
Probability of Default Rating and a Ba3 rating to its proposed $400
million senior secured term loan due 2028. The rating outlook is
stable. There is no change to NGPL PipeCo LLC's (NGPL) Baa3 senior
unsecured rating and stable outlook.

The proposed term loan will refund to funds managed by ArcLight
Capital Partners LLC (ArcLight) a portion of the equity funding
used to purchase a stake in NGPL PipeCo LLC, which will result in
almost 50 percent debt funding for the acquisition. On March 8,
2021, funds managed by ArcLight purchased a 25 percent stake in
NGPL (owner of Natural Gas Pipeline Company of America LLC) from
Kinder Morgan, Inc. (KMI, Baa2 stable) and Brookfield
Infrastructure Partners L.P. (BIP, a subsidiary of Brookfield Asset
Management, Inc., Baa1 stable) for $830 million, leaving KMI and
BIP each with 37.5 percent ownership stakes.

"The debt at AL NGPL is structurally subordinated to the debt at
NGPL and adds to the total amount of debt serviced by NGPL's cash
flows," commented James Wilkins, Moody's Vice President. "However,
we expect NGPL's transportation and storage, fee-based businesses,
which are highly contracted with minimum volume commitments, and AL
NGPL's governance rights will support steady, ongoing cash
distributions to AL NGPL."

Assignments:

Issuer: AL NGPL Holdings LLC

Probability of Default Rating, Assigned Ba3-PD

Corporate Family Rating, Assigned Ba3

Senior Secured Term Loan, Assigned Ba3 (LGD4)

Outlook Actions:

Issuer: AL NGPL Holdings LLC

Outlook, Assigned Stable

RATINGS RATIONALE

NGPL's Ba3 CFR reflects NGPL PipeCo LLC's (NGPL, Baa3 stable)
credit profile offset by AL NGPL's minority ownership and
non-operating interest. The rating considers the additional $400
million of debt placed at AL NGPL that is structurally subordinated
to NGPL's $2 billion of balance sheet debt. NGPL is highly levered
(~ 4.6x debt/EBITDA at September 30, 2020) and AL NGPL's pro forma
leverage is higher at 8.3x (calculated using its 25 percent
proportional share of NGPL debt and EBTIDA as well as the $400
million of debt at AL NGPL). AL NGPL has no physical assets nor
does it generate revenue or cash flow. It is entirely dependent on
distributions from NGPL to service its $400 million term loan.
Moody's expects NGPL to grow its cash flow with incremental volumes
from modest new projects that have recently entered service.
Further growth spending will likely be funded with debt at NGPL or
contributions from the owners such that distributions are not cut
to fund investments. The rating considers the structural
subordination, AL NGPL's ownership percentage of NGPL and AL NGPL's
governance rights that ensure continued distributions from NGPL. AL
NGPL has one of five board seats, but implementation of many
actions including a change in the distribution policy requires an
85 percent supermajority that effectively requires AL NGPL's
consent to implement.

NGPL has a geographically extensive natural gas pipeline network
from West Texas and the US Gulf Coast up to the Chicago area
serving demand from local gas distribution companies, power plants,
and industrial users as well as LNG exporters on the US Gulf Coast.
It benefits from a stable fee-based, demand pull business
underpinned by long-term contracts with take-or-pay provisions
(over one-half are attributable to investment grade rated
counterparties). The company had engaged in numerous growth
projects, which each individually were of a modest size, but
consumed much of its cash flow from operations. Following
ArcLight's acquisition of its 25 percent stake, NGPL will either
debt finance growth projects or seek contributions from its owners
in order to maintain stable distributions sufficient to service the
AL NGPL debt.

AL NGPL's proposed term loan is rated Ba3, the same level as the
Ba3 CFR, reflecting the lack of other material amounts of debt in
the liability structure. The term loan has a first priority senior
secured lien on all assets of AL NGPL, including the equity
interest in the entity that indirectly owns Natural Gas Pipeline of
America LLC.

Moody's expects AL NGPL to have adequate liquidity through
mid-2022. The company will receive quarterly distributions from
NGPL that will be used to service its debt and minor operating
expenses. It also has a $13 million letter of credit facility used
to fund a debt service account that will cover six months of
interest and amortization on the senior secured term loan. The term
loan, which is due in 2028, has one financial covenant -- a minimum
debt service coverage ratio of 1.10x. Moody's expects the company
to comply with the covenant through mid-2022. AL NGPL has no
revolving credit facility or alternate sources of immediate
liquidity.

The stable outlook reflects the stable outlook on NGPL's ratings
(supported by a strong contracted fee-based business) and Moody's
expectation that NGPL's steady cash flow will support consistent
distributions to AL NGPL sufficient to cover AL NGPL's debt service
requirements.

FACTORS THAT COULD LEAD TO AN UPGRADE OR DOWNGRADE OF THE RATINGS

AL NGPL's rating could be upgraded if NGPL PipeCo LLC's rating is
upgraded. AL NGPL's rating could be downgraded if NGPL PipeCo LLC's
rating is downgraded, distributions to AL NGPL decline or debt at
AL NGPL materially increases.

AL NGPL Holdings LLC (AL NGPL) is a holding company established in
connection with the March 2021 purchase by funds managed by
ArcLight of a 25 percent stake in NGPL PipeCo LLC. NGPL PipeCo LLC
is a holding company that wholly owns Natural Gas Pipeline Company
of America LLC, an interstate pipeline regulated by the Federal
Energy Regulatory Commission (FERC). NGPL is jointly owned by funds
managed by ArcLight (25%), Kinder Morgan, Inc. (37.5%) and
Brookfield Infrastructure Partners, LP (37.5%).

The principal methodology used in these ratings was Natural Gas
Pipelines published in July 2018.


ALAMO STRATEGIC: Case Summary & 20 Largest Unsecured Creditors
--------------------------------------------------------------
Debtor: Alamo Strategic Manufacturing, Inc.
        700 N. Saint Mary's St.
        Suite 700
        San Antonio, TX 78205

Chapter 11 Petition Date: March 31, 2021

Court: United States Bankruptcy Court
       Western District of Texas

Case No.: 21-50373

Judge: Hon. Craig A. Gargotta

Debtor's Counsel: Allen M. DeBard, Esq.
                  LANGLEY & BANACK, INC.
                  745 E Mulberry Ave. Suite 700
                  San Antonio, TX 78212
                  Tel: (210) 736-6600
                  Fax: (210) 735-6889
                  E-mail: adebard@langleybanack.com

Estimated Assets: $0 to $50,000

Estimated Liabilities: $1 million to $10 million

The petition was signed by Rene H. Sosa, chief executive officer.

A copy of the petition containing, among other items, a list of the
Debtor's 20 largest unsecured creditors is available for free  at
PacerMonitor.com at:

https://www.pacermonitor.com/view/IHMUT5I/Alamo_Strategic_Manufacturing__txwbke-21-50373__0001.0.pdf?mcid=tGE4TAMA


ANGLIN CULTURED STONE: Seeks to Hire Gellert Scali as Legal Counsel
-------------------------------------------------------------------
Anglin Cultured Stone Products, LLC seeks approval from the U.S.
Bankruptcy Court for the District of Delaware to hire Gellert Scali
Busenkell & Brown, LLC as its legal counsel.

The firm's services include:

     (a) advising the Debtor and preparing all necessary
documents;

     (b) taking all necessary actions to protect and preserve the
Debtor's estate during the pendency of its Chapter 11 case;

     (c) preparing legal papers;

     (d) advising the Debtor regarding its rights and obligations;

     (e) appearing before the court;

     (f) performing all other legal services for the Debtor.

The firm's attorneys and paraprofessionals will be paid at these
rates:

     Charles J. Brown, III     $460 per hour
     Associates/Of Counsel     $250 to $295 per hour
     Paraprofessionals         $105 to $210 per hour

Charles Brown, III, Esq., a partner at Gellert Scali, disclosed in
court filings that the firm is a "disinterested person" as that
term is defined in Section 101(14) of the Bankruptcy Code.

The firm can be reached through:

     Charles J. Brown, III, Esq.
     Gellert Scali Busenkell & Brown, LLC
     1201 N. Orange Street, Suite 300
     Wilmington, DE 19801
     Tel: (302) 425-5812
     Fax: (302) 425-5814
     Email: mbusenkell@gsbblaw.com

               About Anglin Cultured Stone Products

Anglin Cultured Stone Products, LLC
--https://www.anglinconstruction.com -- is a family-owned and
operated small business in Delaware that specializes in residential
construction, commercial and industrial construction, and cultured
marble manufacturing.  It has been serving Delaware, Maryland,
Pennsylvania and New Jersey since 2005.

Anglin Cultured Stone Products sought protection under Chapter 11
of the Bankruptcy Code (Bankr. D. Del. Case No. 21-10389) on Feb.
8, 2021.  In the petition signed by Stuart L. Anglin, sole member
and manager, the Debtor disclosed assets of $100,000 to $500,000
and liabilities of $1 million to $10 million.  

Judge John T. Dorsey oversees the case.

Charles J. Brown, III, Esq., at Gellert Scali Busenkell & Brown,
LLC, represents the Debtor as legal counsel.


ARCOSA INC: Moody's Assigns First Time Ba2 Corp Family Rating
-------------------------------------------------------------
Moody's Investors Service assigned a first time Ba2 Corporate
Family Rating and Ba2-PD Probability of Default Rating to Arcosa,
Inc., a diversified company focused on infrastructure-related
materials and solutions, including construction, engineered steel
structures, and transportation markets. Moody's also assigned a Ba2
rating to Arcosa's proposed $400 million senior unsecured notes
maturing in 2029. Proceeds from the senior unsecured notes, will be
used to repay any borrowings that may be outstanding under the
364-day facility at the closing of this offering, to fund the
acquisition of StonePoint Materials and for general corporate
purposes.

Pro forma for this offering and the StonePoint Materials
acquisition Moody's expects Arcosa's debt leverage by year end 2021
(inclusive of Moody's adjustments) to be 2.1x.

Assignments:

Issuer: Arcosa, Inc.

Probability of Default Rating, Assigned Ba2-PD

Corporate Family Rating, Assigned Ba2

Senior Unsecured Notes, Assigned Ba2 (LGD4)

Speculative Grade Liquidity Rating, Assigned SGL-2

Outlook Actions:

Issuer: Arcosa, Inc.

Outlook, Assigned Stable

RATINGS RATIONALE

Arcosa's Ba2 Corporate Family Rating reflects the company's
attractive market position as a strong local provider of aggregates
and other building materials products across Texas and Oklahoma and
its solid position in manufacturing engineered steel structures. In
addition, the rating is supported by Moody's expectation for solid
secular growth drivers around infrastructure spending and
sustainable energy that will benefit the company over the next few
years.

At the same time, the rating takes into consideration the company's
acquisitive nature, evolving business model, and highly cyclical
transportation division. In 2021, Moody's projects the
transportation segment's revenue to decline by more than 30%.

Governance characteristics considered for Arcosa include the
company's conservative financial policy with respect to leverage
and maintaining financial flexibility. Moody's believes the company
will follow a disciplined financial approach, with the expectation
of maintaining leverage levels at the company's target of 2.0-2.5x
net debt to EBITDA (excluding Moody's adjustments).

The stable outlook reflects Moody's expectation that over the next
12 to 18 months, Arcosa will grow its revenue and improve
profitability organically and through M&A while maintaining
moderate leverage and demonstrating a continued conservative
approach to balance sheet management and liquidity.

The Speculative Grade Liquidity Rating of SGL-2 reflects that
Arcosa will maintain good liquidity. Pro forma for the issuance of
$400 million in unsecured notes, Arcosa's liquidity position is
supported by approximately $96 million of cash, a $500 million
unsecured revolving credit facility, and Moody's expectation that
the company will generate significant free cash flow in 2021, which
will be used to de-lever its balance sheet.

FACTORS THAT COULD LEAD TO AN UPGRADE OR DOWNGRADE OF THE RATINGS

The ratings could be upgraded if:

The company achieves larger revenue scale and improves its
business profile in each segment while maintaining a conservative
financial profile

Adjusted debt-to-EBITDA is below 2.5x for a sustained period of
time

EBIT-to-interest expense is above 6.0x for a sustained period of
time

Adjusted retained cash flow to net debt is above 25%

The company improves its liquidity

The rating could be downgraded if:

Adjusted debt-to-EBITDA is above 3.5x for a sustained period of
time

EBIT-to-interest expense is below 5.0x for a sustained period of
time

The company's liquidity and operating performance deteriorates

The principal methodology used in these ratings was Building
Materials published in May 2019.

Headquartered in Dallas, Texas, Arcosa, Inc. (Arcosa) is a
diversified publicly traded company focused on infrastructure
related products and solutions with solid market positions in
construction, engineered structures, and transportation markets.
Arcosa became an independent, publicly traded company (listed on
the New York exchange) on November 1, 2018, after it separated out
of Trinity Industries. At the time of the separation, Arcosa
consisted of some of Trinity's former construction products, energy
equipment and transportation products businesses.

For the year ended December 31, 2020, Arcosa generated
approximately $1.94 billion in revenue.


ARETEC GROUP: Moody's Rates New $400M Sr. Unsecured Notes 'Caa2'
----------------------------------------------------------------
Moody's Investors Service assigned a Caa2 rating to Aretec Group,
Inc.'s proposed $400 million senior unsecured notes. Aretec plans
to use the issuance proceeds to help fund its planned acquisition
of Voya Financial Advisors (VFA). Moody's said Aretec's outlook
remains unchanged at stable.

Moody's has taken the following rating action on Aretec Group,
Inc.:

Senior unsecured notes, Assigned Caa2

RATINGS RATIONALE

Moody's said the Caa2 rating assigned to Aretec's proposed $400
million senior unsecured notes reflects these notes' secondary
ranking in Aretec's capital structure, with these proposed notes
being structurally subordinate to Aretec's B2-rated first lien
senior secured term loan. Moody's uses its Loss Given Default for
Speculative-Grade Companies (LGD) methodology to help determine
these debt instrument ratings. Moody's said Aretec has a B3
Corporate Family Rating, and this rating reflects its low
profitability and debt servicing capacity, but with a strong
franchise in the wealth management sector.

Aretec plans to use the proceeds from the new notes issuance,
together with the $125 million first lien term loan upsize
(announced last week), and cash on hand, to fund its previously
announced acquisition of certain assets related to the independent
financial planning channel of Voya Financial Advisors (VFA) from
Voya Financial Inc. Moody's said Aretec also plans to payoff its
existing $190 million second lien senior secured term loan. Moody's
will withdraw its Caa2 rating of the $190 million second lien
senior secured term loan following their repayment and upon the
close of the transaction.

VFA has around 900 independent financial advisors managing around
$40 billion in client assets. Moody's said that the VFA acquisition
will raise Aretec's debt by about $335 million, and will result in
a proforma Moody's-adjusted debt/EBITDA of around 7.5x, compared
with Aretec's existing 6.6x Moody's-adjusted debt leverage at
December 2020. Moody's expects Aretec's experienced management team
to successfully integrate the VFA business, and to benefit from the
cultural similarities of the respective businesses and their common
technology infrastructure and clearing arrangements, with these
factors offering the prospect of strong advisor retention and
engagement, a credit positive.

Aretec's stable outlook reflects Moody's expectation that despite
the increase in debt leverage associated with the VFA acquisition,
the firm's experienced leadership team will successfully execute
the integration and will be able to improve its Moody's-adjusted
leverage to about 7x within a year from the close of the
transaction. The stable outlook also reflects Aretec's stabilizing
financial advisor base and client assets levels, and the firm's
improving liquidity position, that resulted from management's swift
cost-cutting and efficiency improvements in reaction to
pandemic-driven disruptions.

FACTORS THAT COULD LEAD TO AN UPGRADE OR DOWNGRADE OF THE RATING

Aretec's ratings could be upgraded should it drive a significant
improvement in Moody's- adjusted debt leverage to below 6.5x. A
significant expansion of existing revenue streams, or development
of new ones, resulting in a sustainable increase in revenue
diversification and less reliance on the macroeconomic environment,
could also results in upward rating pressure. Also, strong advisor
recruitment and improved advisor retention rates leading to growth
in client assets and a sustainable improvement in profitability
could also drive an upgrade.

Moody's said Aretec's ratings could be downgraded should it become
clear that Moody's-adjusted debt leverage will remain sustained
around or higher than 7.5x following the VFA acquisition. A
deterioration in revenue following a severe financial markets
correction, not offset by flexible expense management, resulting in
a Moody's-adjusted interest coverage ratio below 1x, could also
result in a downgrade. Also, a significant decline in the number of
financial advisors or a deterioration in advisor retention levels
could drive downward rating pressure.

The principal methodology used in this rating was Securities
Industry Service Providers Methodology published in November 2019.


ATHLETICO HOLDINGS: Moody's Alters Outlook on B2 CFR to Stable
--------------------------------------------------------------
Moody's Investors Service changed Athletico Holdings, LLC's outlook
to stable from negative and affirmed its B2 Corporate Family Rating
and B2-PD Probability of Default Rating. At the same time, Moody's
affirmed the B1 ratings on Athletico's senior secured first lien
credit facilities at a subsidiary level.

The stabilization of the outlook reflects Athletico's return of
patient volumes to near pre-coronavirus levels, which is likely to
continue to improve as the coronavirus pandemic eases. At the same
time, Moody's anticipates that Athletico will generate positive
free cash flow and will prioritize its future cash flow toward its
growth strategy while maintaining profitability.

The affirmation of the B2 CFR reflects the company's very good
liquidity but moderately high financial leverage. Athletico's
adjusted debt/EBITDA approximated 6.7x for the twelve months ended
September 30, 2020. This level of leverage, along with the
company's ability to reduce variable costs and growth capital
expenditures if necessary, positions the company well to deleverage
below 6.0x in 2021.

Moody's took the following rating actions:

Issuer: Athletico Holdings, LLC

Corporate Family Rating, affirmed at B2

Probability of Default Rating, affirmed at B2-PD

Issuer: Athletico Management, LLC and Accelerated Health Systems,
LLC as co-borrowers

GTD Senior Secured 1st lien revolving credit facility expiring
2023, affirmed at B1 (LGD3)

GTD Senior Secured 1st lien term loan due 2025, affirmed at B1
(LGD3)

Outlook Actions:

Issuer: Athletico Holdings, LLC

Outlook, Changed To Stable From Negative

RATINGS RATIONALE

Athletico's B2 Corporate Family Rating reflects its high financial
leverage and geographic concentration in the mid-western region of
the US. The rating also reflects the relatively low barriers to
entry in the physical therapy business and the risk of market
oversaturation given the rapid expansion of Athletico and many of
its competitors. The rating also incorporates risks associated with
the company's rapid expansion strategy as it grows, both
organically and through acquisitions. The rating is supported by
Athletico's track record of growth and solid free cash flow given
low capital expenditure needs. Additionally, Athletico has some
ability to conserve liquidity by reducing new clinic openings.
Moody's expects that demand for physical therapy will continue to
grow given it is relatively low-cost and can prevent the need for
more expensive treatments.

Moody's considers Athletico to have very good liquidity, supported
by the company's approximately $31 million of cash as of September
30, 2020, full availability on the $100 million revolver. The
company generates positive free cash flow, and has been able to
conserve liquidity by reducing new office openings and growth
capital expenditures. Moody's anticipates that Athletico will
generate about $30 million in free cash flow in 2021, as the
company returns to growth.

Moody's considers coronavirus to be a social risk given the risk to
human health and safety. Aside from coronavirus, Athletico faces
other social risks such as the rising concerns around the access
and affordability of healthcare services. However, Moody's does not
consider the physical therapy providers to face the same level of
social risk as many other healthcare providers. Further, Athletico
benefits from positive social considerations, as physical therapy
can be a less expensive and a safer alternative to surgery or
opioid usage. From a governance perspective, Moody's expects
Athletico's financial policies to remain aggressive due to its
private equity ownership.

FACTORS THAT COULD LEAD TO AN UPGRADE OR DOWNGRADE OF THE RATINGS

Ratings could be downgraded if the company's liquidity weakens or
if adjusted debt/EBITDA will remain above 6.0x for a sustained
period of time. Additionally, if the company fails to effectively
manage its rapid growth or the company pursues more aggressive
financial policies, the ratings could be downgraded.

Ratings could be upgraded if Athletico materially increases its
size and scale and demonstrates stable organic growth at the same
time it effectively executes on its expansion strategy.
Additionally, adjusted debt/EBITDA sustained below 4.5 times could
support an upgrade.

Athletico Holdings, LLC, headquartered in Oak Brook, IL, is a
provider of outpatient rehabilitation services - primarily physical
therapy. Through its subsidiaries, it operates about 525 clinics in
12 states, with a strong presence in the mid-western US. The
company also has about 44 management service agreements with large
physician groups or hospitals to provide physical therapy services.
Revenues are approximately $420 million as of September 30, 2020.
Athletico is owned by BDT Capital Partners, LLC.

The principal methodology used in these ratings was Business and
Consumer Service Industry published in October 2016.


BWX TECHNOLOGIES: Moody's Rates New Unsecured Notes Due 2029 'Ba3'
------------------------------------------------------------------
Moody's Investors Service assigned a Ba3 rating to BWX
Technologies, Inc.'s ("BWXT") new senior unsecured notes due 2029.
The issuance does not impact other ratings of BWXT, including the
existing Ba2 Corporate Family Rating and the Ba3 ratings on the
company's existing senior unsecured notes. The ratings outlook is
stable.

RATINGS RATIONALE

BWXT's Ba2 Corporate Family Rating reflect the company's unique
position as the sole source provider of nuclear propulsion systems
to US Naval submarines and aircraft carriers, with production plans
well extended into the 2050s and a sizable backlog that provides
good long-term revenue visibility. The company generates relatively
strong and stable operating margins in excess of 16%, which
moderates the company's leverage, with debt-to-EBITDA maintained in
the mid 2x range. However, the high levels of investment required
for the company's operations results in thin and sometimes negative
free cash flow. This limits the company's ability to reduce debt or
undertake acquisitions to grow and diversify without increasing
debt.

The stable ratings outlook reflects Moody's expectation that BWXT
will continue to benefit from a US budgetary setting that has a
keen focus on shipbuilding. As a result, Moody's expect mid-to-high
single-digit revenue growth annually and EBITA margins maintained
at close to 17% through 2022. Planned capital investments in the
Nuclear Operations Group (NOG) segment and increased working
capital usage will lead to negative or close to breakeven free cash
flow in 2021 and 2022 before turning positive in 2023.

FACTORS THAT COULD LEAD TO AN UPGRADE OR DOWNGRADE OF THE RATINGS

Ratings could be upgraded if the company successfully executes
investment to gain scale, with increasing clarity to the company's
strategic focus as it grows. Moody's would deem a strategy that
focuses on increasing service to principal customers as less risky
than one that seeks to diversify by acquiring businesses outside of
its current core competencies. An upgrade would also be supported
by the demonstration of consistent margins of nearly 20% and strong
free cash flow , with little additional integration risk or
business restructuring made necessary from a changing portfolio of
operations. Debt-to-EBITDA sustained in the low 2x range would also
support an upgrade.

Ratings could be downgraded in the event of a material increase in
debt to finance an accelerated pace of acquisitions or to increase
its share repurchase program. A downgrade would also be warranted
by weakening liquidity, with expectations for negative free cash
flow beyond 2022 due to an extended period of increased capital
investment, with heavy reliance on the revolver to fund capex.
Deterioration in credit metrics such as EBITA margins below 10% or
debt-to-EBITDA sustained above 3x would also support lower ratings

The following summarizes the rating actions:

Assignments:

Issuer: BWX Technologies, Inc.

Senior Unsecured Regular Bond/Debenture, Assigned Ba3 (LGD4)

BWX Technologies, Inc., headquartered in Lynchburg, VA, is a
specialty manufacturer of nuclear components, primarily serving the
US Navy. The company also participates in the commercial nuclear
sector in Canada, as well as nuclear technology services to the
government and commercial sectors. Revenues are approximately $2.1
billion.

The principal methodology used in this ratings was Aerospace and
Defense Methodology published in July 2020.


CASTEX ENERGY: Seeks Approval to Hire Claro Group, Appoint CRO
--------------------------------------------------------------
Castex Energy 2005 Holdco, LLC and its affiliates seek approval
from the U.S. Bankruptcy Court for the Southern District of Texas
to employ The Claro Group, LLC and appoint Douglas Brickley, the
firm's managing director, as their chief restructuring officer.

The firm's services include:

   a. assistance in the review of reports or filings as required by
the court or the U.S. trustee, including, but not limited to,
schedules of assets and liabilities, statements of financial
affairs, and monthly operating reports;

   b. review of the Debtors' financial information, including, but
not limited to, analyses of cash receipts and disbursements,
financial statement items and proposed transactions for which court
approval is sought;

   c. review and analysis of the reporting regarding cash
collateral and any debtor-in-possession financing arrangements and
budgets;

   d. review of any potential cost containment opportunities
proposed by the Debtors;

   e. review of any potential asset redeployment opportunities
proposed by the Debtors;

   f. review and analysis of assumption and rejection issues
regarding executor contracts and leases;

   g. review and analysis of the Debtors' proposed business plans
and the business and financial condition of the Debtors generally;

   h. assistance in evaluating reorganization strategy and
alternatives available, including any asset sale transactions;

   i. review and analysis of the Debtors' financial projections and
assumptions;

   j. review and analysis of enterprise, asset and liquidation
valuations;

   k. assistance in preparing documents necessary for confirmation
of any plan, proposed asset sales, and proposed use of cash or
financing;

   l. assistance to the Debtors in negotiations and meetings with
creditors and other parties-in-interest;

   m. review and analysis of the potential tax consequences to the
bankruptcy estates of any reorganization or proposed transactions;

   n. assistance with the claims resolution procedures including,
but not limited to, analyses of creditors' claims by type and
entity;

   o. forensic accounting and litigation consulting services and
expert witness testimony; and

   p. other such functions as requested by the Debtors to assist in
their Chapter 11 cases.

Claro Group will be paid at these rates:

     Managing Directors                $500 to $600 per hour
     Directors/Senior Advisors         $395 to $495 per hour
     Managers/Sr. Managers/Advisors    $300 to $385 per hour
     Analysts/Senior Consultants       $200 to $295 per hour
     Admin                             $125 to $175 per hour

The firm will also be reimbursed for reasonable out-of-pocket
expenses incurred.

The retainer fee is $50,000.

Mr. Brickley disclosed in a court filing that the firm is a
"disinterested person" as the term is defined in Section 101(14) of
the Bankruptcy Code.

The firm can be reached at:

     Douglas J. Brickley
     The Claro Group, LLC
     711 Louisiana Street, Suite 2100
     Houston, TX 77002
     Tel: (713) 454-7730
     Fax: (713) 236-0033

                 About Castex Energy 2005 Holdco

Castex Energy 2005 Holdco, LLC and its affiliates, Castex Energy
2005, LLC, Castex Energy Partners, LLC, and Castex Offshore, Inc.,
sought protection under Chapter 11 of the Bankruptcy Code on Feb.
26, 2021 (Bankr. S.D. Texas Lead Case No. 21-30710) on Feb. 26,
2021.  At the time of the filing, the Debtors disclosed assets of
between $100 million and $500 million and liabilities of the same
range.

Judge David R. Jones oversees the cases.

The Debtors tapped Okin Adams LLP as their bankruptcy counsel, The
Claro Group, LLC as their financial advisor, and Thompson & Knight
LLP as special counsel and conflicts counsel.  Donlin, Recano &
Company, Inc. is the notice, claims and balloting agent.


CHAMP ACQUISITION: Moody's Alters Outlook on B2 CFR to Stable
-------------------------------------------------------------
Moody's Investors Service affirmed Champ Acquisition Corporation's
Corporate Family Rating at B2 and Probability of Default Rating at
B2-PD. Champ is the parent company of Jostens, Inc. At the same
time, Moody's affirmed the B1 rating for the company's senior
secured first lien credit facilities, consisting of a $150 million
first lien revolver due 2023 and a $775 million principal amount
first lien term loan due 2025, and also affirmed the Caa1 rating
for the company's $150 million senior secured second lien term loan
due 2026. The rating outlook was changed to stable from negative.

The ratings affirmations and change to a stable outlook reflects
the company's better than anticipated free cash flows during a
challenging fiscal 2020, and Moody's expectations for topline and
earnings recovery in fiscal 2021 that will reduce leverage. Champ's
revenue declined -10% in fiscal 2020 versus the prior year, with
flat yearbook sales more than offset by sales declines in its
scholastic and college/pro segments. However, the company's free
cash flows remained stable supported by strong cost controls and
lower capital expenditures. Moody's expects revenue and earnings
growth will benefit from continued stable yearbook sales, and a
gradual recovery in scholastic and college/pro related products
over the next 12-18 months, supported by a recovering US economy
and schools reopening throughout 2021. In addition, Moody's
anticipates the $44 million of business transformation and other
costs incurred in 2020 related to the coronavirus will moderate in
2021. As a result, Moody's projects debt/EBITDA leverage will
decline to around 4.3x and for free cash flows in the range of $60
million over the next 12-18 months.

The following ratings/assessments are affected by the action:

Ratings Affirmed:

Issuer: Champ Acquisition Corporation

Corporate Family Rating, Affirmed B2

Probability of Default Rating, Affirmed B2-PD

GTD Senior Secured 1st Lien Term Loan, Affirmed B1 (LGD3)

GTD Senior Secured 1st Lien Revolving Credit Facility, Affirmed B1
(LGD3)

GTD Senior Secured 2nd Lien Term Loan, Affirmed Caa1 (LGD5)

Outlook Actions:

Issuer: Champ Acquisition Corporation

Outlook, Changed To Stable From Negative

RATINGS RATIONALE

Champ's B2 CFR credit profile broadly reflects the company's high
financial leverage with debt/EBITDA at 6.2x as of fiscal year end
December 31, 2020. The company has a narrow product focus in school
related affinity products including yearbooks, school rings,
graduation gowns, and related products. Products such as class
rings and yearbooks are steadily declining and there is risk to
certain products from online tools that can be used to share
photographs and other information. Schools across the U.S. remain
partially closed to in-person instruction due to the coronavirus
outbreak and efforts to avoid large gatherings may result in
graduation ceremony cancelations or restrictions. A prolonged high
unemployment rate is also likely to weaken discretionary consumer
spending. Competitive and market risks are partially mitigated by
the breadth and quality of Champ's product and service
capabilities, the company's ability to personalize products, strong
sales support and customer service, and the long-standing
relationships of the company's large network of independent sales
representatives with individual schools and colleges. The company's
adequate liquidity reflects Moody's expectations for free cash flow
in the $60 million range over the next 12 months, and access to an
undrawn $150 million revolver due 2023, which provides financial
flexibility to fund near term working capital seasonality and the
annual term loan amortization of approximately $39 million.
However, because Champ's modest cash of $3.2 million at the end of
fiscal 2020, the company will need to increase free cash flow from
the $29 million produced in 2020 to fund required term loan
amortization without having to draw on the revolver aside from
normal seasonal needs. This could prove challenging if the
operating demand for school affinity products remains soft, capital
expenditures increase more than anticipated or restructuring and
other coronavirus related costs do not fall as much as projected.

Governance factors primarily relate to the company's aggressive
financial policies under private equity ownership, including its
high financial leverage and the inherent risks of activities such
as shareholder distributions.

The coronavirus outbreak, the government measures put in place to
contain it, and the weak global economic outlook continue to
disrupt economies and credit markets across sectors and regions.
Moody's analysis has considered the effect on the performance of
Champ from the current weak US economic activity and a gradual
recovery for the coming months. Although an economic recovery is
underway, it is tenuous, and its continuation will be closely tied
to containment of the virus. As a result, the degree of uncertainty
around our forecasts is unusually high. Moody's regards the
coronavirus outbreak as a social risk under its ESG framework,
given the substantial implications for public health and safety.

FACTORS THAT COULD LEAD TO AN UPGRADE OR DOWNGRADE OF THE RATINGS

The stable outlook reflects Moody's expectations that Champ's
revenue and earnings will gradually recover in fiscal 2021 with the
company generating annual free cash flow in the $60 million range
that will cover the high annual term loan amortization of
approximately $39 million, and resulting in debt/EBITDA declining
to around 4.3x by the end of 2021.

Ratings could be upgraded if the company increases its revenue
scale, demonstrates consistent organic revenue growth and operating
margin expansion, while debt/EBITDA is sustained below 4.0x. A
ratings upgrade would also require the company to maintain at least
good liquidity, and Moody's to expect financial policies that
support credit metrics at the above levels.

Ratings could be downgraded if the company's revenue and earnings
do not recover as expected, debt/EBITDA is sustained above 5.5x, or
if liquidity weakens. Failure to generate free cash flow sufficient
to meet required term loan amortization or the revolver is drawn
more than expected beyond normal seasonal needs could result in a
downgrade. Ratings could also be downgraded if financial policies
become more aggressive, including undertaking a large debt-financed
acquisition or dividend distribution that materially increases
financial leverage before earnings have recovered.

The principal methodology used in these ratings was Consumer
Durables Industry published in April 2017.

Headquartered in Minneapolis, MN, Champ Acquisition Corporation
owns Jostens, which is a manufacturer and seller of yearbooks,
publications, jewelry, and other school-related affinity products
that serve the K--12 educational, college, and professional sports
segments. The company was acquired by private equity firm Platinum
Equity in December 2018 from Newell Brands for approximately $1.1
billion, and revenue in fiscal year end December 31, 2020 was
$686.5 million.


CIELO VISTA: US Trustee Opposes Amended Disclosure Statement
------------------------------------------------------------
The United States Trustee is asking the U.S. Bankruptcy Court for
the District of New Mexico to deny approval of the Amended
Disclosure Statement in support of Cielo Vista Hospitality, LLC's
Liquidating Plan unless and until amended or modified.

In its objection, the U.S. Trustee points out that:

   * The Disclosure Statement refers to "the Plan's proposed
treatment of Classes 3 and 4, which contains general unsecured
claims against the  Debtor".  However, the table directly below
that refers to Class 1 (General Unsecured Claims (Non-Insiders).
Similarly, the column labeled "Treatment" in Article IV of the Plan
states that "Class 4 consists of all unsecured claims. Class 4 will
be paid after Class 3 is paid in full." However, the column labeled
"Class #" of the same table refers to Class 1.  The United States
Trustee objects to these provisions as it is inconsistent and
confusing.

   * The Disclosure Statement and the Plan do not provide a dollar
amount of the general unsecured claims.  The Monthly Operating
Reports ("MORs") are delinquent.  Certain past due reports were
filed Feb. 23, 2021 after the United State Trustee filed a Notice
of Noncompliance.  However, the MORS for December 2020, January
2021 and February 2021 have not been filed.   

   * In the Disclosure Statement, the Debtor asserts that "No
claims have been filed by any creditor in the case to date."  That
was true at the time of the filing of the Plan.  However, since the
filing of the plan,  proofs of claim have been filed, including
proofs of claim filed on behalf of Five Star Hospitality
Management, Inc., Prestige  Hospitality  Management Inc. and
Hitendra Bhakta on March 19, 2021.  It is unknown whether the
claims will be paid or not and, because the Plan proposes that Mr.
Bhakta retains his ownership of Debtor, whether the treatment of
the claims will result in a violation of the absolute priority
rule.

    * The Disclosure Statement states that "Claims will be paid by
Hitendra Bhakta, one of his non-debtor entities, or through
recovery of the escrowed funds if Debtor prevails in the adversary
proceeding against CPLG."  However, there is no indication of
whether those entities have funds sufficient to pay the claims.

                About Cielo Vista Hospitality

Cielo Vista Hospitality, LLC was incorporated in January of 2020
under the laws of the State of New Mexico.  It is a single-member
limited liability company owned by Hitendra Bhakta.  Cielo Vista is
a single-use entity created to purchase a motel property in El
Paso, Texas.

The Debtor sought protection for relief under Chapter 11 of the
Bankruptcy Code (Bankr. D.N.M. Case No. 20 10877) on April 29,
2020, listing under $1 million in both assets and liabilities.

Michael K. Daniels, Esq., represents the Debtor.


CONSOL ENERGY: Moody's Rates New $75MM Secured Bonds 'Caa1'
-----------------------------------------------------------
Moody's Investors Service assigned a Caa1 rating to CONSOL Energy
Inc.'s proposed $75 million tax-exempt secured bond offering. The
bonds will be issued by the Pennsylvania Economic Development
Financing Authority, guaranteed by CONSOL Energy Inc., and benefit
from a second lien secured position on certain assets. Proceeds
will be used to fund expenses related to solid waste disposal
facilities at the company's Pennsylvania Mining Complex ("PAMC").
Moody's also affirmed all long-term ratings for CONSOL, including
the B2 Corporate Family Rating, B2-PD Probability of Default
Rating, and Caa1 senior secured second lien notes. Moody's revised
the rating outlook to stable from negative.

"The proposed tax-exempt offering will strengthen liquidity and the
company demonstrated resilience during an exceptionally difficult
year in 2020," said Ben Nelson, Moody's Vice President -- Senior
Credit Officer and lead analyst for CONSOL Energy, Inc.

Assignments:

Issuer: Pennsylvania Economic Dev. Fin. Auth.

Gtd Senior Secured Revenue Bonds, Assigned Caa1 (LGD5)

Affirmations:

Issuer: CONSOL Energy Inc.

Corporate Family Rating, Affirmed B2

Probability of Default Rating, Affirmed B2-PD

Senior Secured Regular Bond/Debenture, Affirmed Caa1 (LGD5)

Withdrawals:

Issuer: Pennsylvania Economic Dev. Fin. Auth.

Gtd Senior Unsecured Revenue Bonds, Previously Rated Caa2 (LGD6)

Outlook Actions:

Issuer: CONSOL Energy Inc.

Outlook, to Stable from Negative

RATINGS RATIONALE

The Caa1 rating assigned to the proposed tax-exempt bonds reflects
the secured status of the bonds and contractual subordination to
the company's first lien secured debt obligations. The rating
remains subject to Moody's review of the final terms and conditions
of the proposed offering.

Moody's expects management-adjusted EBITDA near $275 million and
meaningful free cash flow in 2021. The rating incorporates an
expectation that the company will use free cash flow to facilitate
overall debt reduction before its next debt maturities in 2023 ($66
million Term Loan A; undrawn $400 million revolving credit
facility) and 2024 ($269 million Term Loan B). The quantum of debt
reduction is an important consideration to the rating and outlook
in light of significant ongoing pressure on the thermal coal
industry and access to capital for thermal coal producers.

Management has undertaken numerous actions to enhance the company's
liquidity position in response to the disruption of the thermal
coal industry following the global outbreaks of Coronavirus in
early 2020. These actions include: (i) operational adjustments,
including cost control measures and temporarily idling the Enlow
Fork Mine; (ii) adjustments to the company's existing financial
arrangements, including relaxation of financial maintenance
covenants under the revolving credit facility, execution of sale
leasebacks, and extension of a securitization agreement; (iii)
various completed and pending asset sales, including land and
mineral assets, gas wells, and coal reserves; and (iv) a completing
a transaction to eliminate a master-limited partnership, which
eliminated cash outflows and improved the cushion of compliance
under financial maintenance covenants. These factors helped
preserve cash flow generation and enhance liquidity, contributing
to a stabilization of the company's rating outlook.

The SGL-3 reflects adequate liquidity to support operations over
the next 12-18 months. Moody's expects that the company will
generate positive free cash flow in 2021. The company reported $51
million of cash and $274 million of availability under an undrawn
$400 million revolving credit facility due 2023 at December 31,
2020. Availability under the revolving credit facility is reduced
by $126 million of letters of credit to support various
obligations. The credit agreement also contains financial
maintenance covenants, including Net Debt/EBITDA, Gross First Lien
Debt/EBITDA, and Fixed Charge Coverage ratio tests. Moody's expects
that the company will have an adequate cushion of compliance under
these covenants.

Moody's also believes that investor concerns about the coal
industry's ESG profile are intensifying and coal producers will be
increasingly challenged by access to capital issues in the early
2020s. An increasing portion of the global investment community is
reducing or eliminating exposure to the coal industry with greater
emphasis on moving away from thermal coal. The aggregate impact on
the credit quality of the coal industry is that debt capital will
become more expensive over this horizon, particularly in the public
bond markets, and other business requirements, such as surety
bonds, which together will lead to much more focus on individual
coal producers' ability to fund their operations and articulate
clearly their approach to addressing environmental, social, and
governance considerations -- including reducing net debt in the
near-to-medium term. CONSOL reported about $665 million of debt and
$652 million of surety bonds (up from $618 in 2019) to support
employer-related and reclamation-related items at December 31,
2020.

CONSOL's B2 CFR is supported by a solid contract position and
aggressive efforts to preserve liquidity. CONSOL's business
position is also enhanced by its low-cost longwall mines,
relatively stable customer base, and good access to export markets
for both thermal and metallurgical coals. Despite the company's
good business position, CONSOL is fairly concentrated compared to
other coal companies with reliance on a single mining complex with
three operating coal mines for the majority of its earnings and
cash flow. Four out of five longwalls are currently operational. An
additional longwall is idled at present. CONSOL also has meaningful
legacy liabilities consistent with many rated coal companies,
though it has reduced this position significantly following the
sale of certain assets and managing cash servicing costs.

FACTORS THAT COULD LEAD TO AN UPGRADE OR DOWNGRADE OF THE RATINGS

The stable outlook reflects expectations for improving coal
production and positive free cash flow. Moody's could upgrade the
rating with better visibility into the demand for thermal coal,
expectations for at least $50 million of free cash flow sustained
on an annual basis, and adjusted financial leverage sustained below
3.0x, and good liquidity to support operations. An upgrade likely
would require meaningfully lower absolute debt levels. Moody's
could downgrade the rating with expectations for adjusted financial
leverage above 3.75x, negative free cash flow, substantive
deterioration in liquidity, or further intensification of ESG
concerns that call into question the company's ability to handle
upcoming financing requirements or access capital markets on
economic terms.

Environmental, social, and governance factors have a material
impact on CONSOL's credit quality. The company is exposed to ESG
issues typical for a company in the coal mining industry, including
increasing global demand for renewable energy that is detrimental
to demand for coal, especially in the United States and Western
Europe. From an environmental perspective the coal mining sector is
also viewed as: (i) very high risk for air pollution and carbon
regulations; (ii) high risk for soil and water pollution, land use
restrictions, and natural and man-made hazards; and (iii) moderate
risk for water shortages. Social issues include factors such as
community relations, operational track record, and health and
safety issues associated with coal mining, such as black lung
disease. CONSOL is highly exposed to thermal coal. Moody's believes
that thermal coal carries greater ESG-related risks than
metallurgical coal. Specific risks for CONSOL Energy include
meaningful exposure to thermal coal and potential negative
political actions in areas served by the company. CONSOL's actions
and commentary since becoming an independent company have been more
oriented toward debt reduction than many other coal companies.

The principal methodology used in these ratings was Mining
published in September 2018.

CONSOL Energy Inc. is a leading global pure-play coal producer
operating the Pennsylvania Mining Complex ("PAMC") located in the
Northern Appalachia coal basin. The company generated $1 billion in
revenues in 2020.


CONTINENTAL COIFFURES: Unsecured Creditors to Recover 3% in Plan
----------------------------------------------------------------
Continental Coiffures, Ltd., filed an Amended Small Business Plan
of Reorganization under Subchapter V of 11 U.S.C. Sec. 1190.

The Plan proposes to pay the Debtor's creditors from cash flow from
operations and future income generated by its continuing business
operations.  

The Debtor's business operations as a salon, personal care, and
retail business have encountered significant financial setbacks
through the course of the COVID-19 pandemic and due to the
implementation of (and its strict compliance with) the Shutdown
Order and subsequent related governmental restrictions and
directives.  Notwithstanding the negative economic effects of the
governmental restrictions and limitations that it has experienced,
the Debtor has been able to continue operating as a debtor in
possession under the Code, continuing its strong business
reputation and its going concern value.  Additionally, the Debtor
has taken the opportunity through this case to vacate one of its
previously under-performing (and highly priced) leased business
locations and as otherwise set forth in this Plan, to reject that
previous unexpired lease.  The Debtor vacated that SH Village
Location prior to the Petition Date but has been able to transition
its business operations to a single larger and much more affordable
business location, while retaining substantially all of its
pre-petition employees.

With the exception of those holding General Unsecured Claims (chief
among them the rejected landlord of the Debtor's previous SH
Village Location), the Debtor proposes through this Plan to pay all
of its other outstanding debt in full.  

Under the Plan, Class 1 Administrative Claims, Class 2 Priority
Claims, Class 3 Secured Claims, and Class 5 Equity Interest Holders
are unimpaired.

Class 5 General Unsecured Claims are impaired.  The Debtor
estimates approximately 3 percent will be paid on account of
Allowed General Unsecured Claims pursuant to the Plan.  Each holder
of any such Allowed General Unsecured Claim will receive its
pro-rata share of the proceeds available to Debtor for payment of
such claims after payment of all allowed claims that are senior in
priority to such Allowed General  Unsecured Claims.

A full-text copy of the Amended Plan is available at
https://bit.ly/3rHdeTg from Pacermonitor.com at no charge.

Counsel to the Debtor:

      Jason L. Ott
      JACKSON KELLY PLLC
      501 Grant Street
      Suite 1010 Pittsburgh, PA 15219
      Phone: 412-434-7617
      E-mail: jason.ott@jacksonkelly.com.
                 
                About Continental Coiffures Ltd.

Continental Coiffures, Ltd., a McMurray, Pa.-based hair and styling
salon company, sought protection under Chapter 11 of the Bankruptcy
Code (Bankr. W.D. Pa. Case No. 20-22808) on Sept. 29, 2020.

At the time of the filing, the Debtor disclosed $100,001 and
$500,000 in both assets and liabilities.

Jackson Kelly PLLC and Colleran & Company, CPA PC serve as the
Debtor's legal counsel and accountant, respectively.


CORELOGIC INC: Moody's Assigns 'B2' CFR & Rates New Term Loan 'B1'
------------------------------------------------------------------
Moody's Investors Service assigned CoreLogic, Inc. (New) (aka
Celestial-Saturn Merger Sub Inc. and together with CoreLogic, Inc.,
"CoreLogic") a B2 corporate family rating and a B2-PD probability
of default rating, while rating its proposed senior secured 1st
lien revolver and term loan at B1 and senior secured 2nd lien term
loan at Caa1. The outlook is stable.

The rated debt and equity from affiliates of Stone Point Capital
LLC and Insight Partners will fund the acquisition of 100% of the
common stock of CoreLogic, Inc. in a go-private transaction, as
well as pay related fees and expenses. The existing ratings at
CoreLogic, Inc. will be withdrawn when the currently-rated debts
are repaid. Following the close of the transaction, CoreLogic, Inc.
(New) will be merged into CoreLogic, Inc. and become the borrower.

RATINGS RATIONALE

The B2 CFR reflects high financial leverage above 7 times, but good
interest coverage above 2 times and free cash flow to debt around
5%, expected in 2021. Financial leverage is expected to return to
below 7 times by 2022, incorporating Moody's expectation for rapid
and substantial debt repayment from free cash flow over the next 2
or more years. A very large nearly $3.5 billion sponsor equity
contribution provides strong evidence to support our assessment of
current enterprise value well in excess of the amount of the rated
debt.

All financial metrics cited reflect Moody's standard adjustments.

Rating support is provided by stable and predictable business lines
providing "must have" data and services to banks, insurance
companies and the residential real estate industry. A somewhat
narrow market focus leads to some customer concentration, but with
high quality financial institutions. Tailwinds from favorable
mortgage market conditions in 2021 and very low interest rates
drive Moody's anticipation of substantial free cash flow available
to repay debt. Revenue is expected to decline after 2021 given the
strength of the current mortgage boom is likely to fade and certain
mature businesses are in long term revenue decline. M&A and
shareholder returns will compete for cash flow, so further
borrowing is possible. The company will remain a cash tax payer
despite the high debt burden. Interest rate risk from an all
floating rate capital structure will be mitigated by a hedging
strategy converting the interest obligations to fixed rates.

CoreLogic's unique data and strong market position within the
mortgage settlement services market is supported by long-standing
relationships with many of the largest financial institutions.
Moody's considers revenue and cash flow generally predictable.

The company maintained solid financial performance through the 2020
and 2008/2009 economic cycles and during the years between,
including years when mortgage originations declined or were weak.
As CoreLogic's financial results reflect mortgage industry
conditions, Moody's considers the company cyclical.

Moody's expects some revenue declines in 2021, reflecting still
solid home sale market conditions expected to remain supportive,
aided by historically low mortgage interest rates, but also that
the very high levels of mortgage financing activity in the past
year are likely to abate. Adverse market conditions, including a
more challenging housing market, regulatory scrutiny and rising
interest rates, could develop and weigh on operating results. These
pressures will be mitigated somewhat by growing demand for property
intelligence and data analytics solutions, increasing regulation
and compliance requirements, pricing increases and market share
gains arising from the mortgage lending/servicing industry trend
towards outsourcing.

As a data and analytics service provider, CoreLogic does not have a
material or unusual environmental impact. Certain of the products
and services it offers can be used in the production of real estate
related environmental impact analysis by their customers.

Reputational risks surrounding data security, completeness and
correctness are important social risks for CoreLogic. A loss of
confidence by its customers in its data security and related
matters could severely diminish its reputation. The loss of
reputation could lead to customer losses, declining pricing power
and encourage investment by competitors and new market entrants.
The company invests in its data security that optimizes security
versus threats. The company has never reported a large data
security breach.

As a private company owned by financial sponsors, CoreLogic's
financial strategies are expected to be aggressive and
opportunistic. The board of directors is controlled by Stone Point
and Insight Partners. Among CoreLogic's expected near term capital
allocation priorities are investing in the business, completing
product-focused acquisitions, financial leverage reduction and cash
returns to shareholders.

Moody's considers CoreLogic's liquidity profile as good. CoreLogic
is expected to maintain around $100 million of cash to ease the
company's exposure to the housing industry cycle. Moody's also
projects annual free cash flow of more than $200 million in 2021
and $300 million in 2022. There are $40 million of annual required
amortization payments on the senior secured 1st lien term loan,
payable quarterly.

CoreLogic's undrawn $500 million revolver provides substantial
external liquidity. The revolver is subject to compliance with a
maximum 8.65x First Lien Net Leverage ratio applicable only when
35% drawn at quarter end. Moody's expects CoreLogic would maintain
compliance with its financial covenant if it were measured for at
least the 12 to 15 months. There are no financial covenants
applicable to the term loans.

The ratings assigned to the individual instruments are based on the
probability of default of the company, reflected in the B2-PD PDR,
as well as a family recovery of 50% of debt obligations assumed at
default.

The B1 (LGD3) rating assessment for the senior secured first lien
credit facilities reflect their senior most ranking within the
capital structure and first loss support provided by senior secured
second lien term loan and unsecured claims. These facilities are
secured on a first lien basis by substantially all assets and by
the stock of the company's material domestic subsidiaries, which
hold the vast majority of CoreLogic's assets. The credit facilities
are further supported by upstream guarantees from the material
domestic subsidiaries.

The Caa1 (LGD6) rating assessment for the senior secured second
lien credit facilities reflect their senior most ranking within the
capital structure and first loss support provided by senior secured
second lien term loan and unsecured claims.

The stable outlook reflects Moody's expectations for low single
digit revenue declines, EBITDA margins of over 33% and debt to
EBITDA to fall below 7 times through the application of CoreLogic's
substantial free cash flow to debt repayment.

FACTORS THAT COULD LEAD TO AN UPGRADE OR DOWNGRADE OF THE RATINGS

The ratings could be upgraded if Moody's expects 1) debt to remain
under 6.0 times; 2) free cash flow above 6.0% of total debt; 3)
balanced financial policies; and 4) good liquidity.

The ratings could be downgraded if 1) revenue visibility or EBITA
margins become pressured by increased competition, regulatory
changes or other factors; 2) debt to EBITDA leverage is expected to
remain above 7.0 times; 3) free cash flow to debt is anticipated
below 3.0%; 4) liquidity deteriorates; or 5) CoreLogic pursues
aggressive shareholder-friendly financial policies, including
debt-funded acquisitions or shareholder returns.

The principal methodology used in these ratings was Business and
Consumer Service Industry published in October 2016.

Issuer: Corelogic, Inc. (New)

Corporate Family Rating, Assigned B2

Probability of Default Rating, Assigned B2-PD

Gtd Senior Secured 1st Lien Multi-Currency Revolving Credit
Facility, Assigned B1 (LGD3)

Gtd Senior Secured 1st lien Term Loan, Assigned B1 (LGD3)

Gtd Senior Secured 2nd Lien Term Loan, Assigned Caa1 (LGD6)

Outlook is Stable

CoreLogic provides property and mortgage data and analytics, as
well as loan processing and other services. Moody's expects 2021
revenues (including from discontinued operations) of about $2
billion.


CRESTWOOD EQUITY: Moody's Alters Outlook on Ba3 CFR to Stable
-------------------------------------------------------------
Moody's Investors Service changed Crestwood Equity Partners LP's
(Crestwood) and Crestwood Midstream Partners LP's (Midstream)
outlooks to stable from negative. At the same time, Moody's
affirmed Crestwood's Ba3 Corporate Family Rating, Ba3-PD
Probability of Default Rating and the B2 rating on its Class A
Preferred Units. Moody's also affirmed Midstream's B1 senior
unsecured notes rating.

The actions follow the company's announcement [1] that it will
purchase approximately 11.5 million of its common units and the
general partner interest from Crestwood Holdings (Holdings, Caa1
negative) for $268 million in cash. Combined with a separate
transaction in which First Reserve, Holdings' owner, sold its
remaining Crestwood units through a private placement to a group of
investors for $132 million, First Reserve and Holdings will no
longer have an ownership interest in Crestwood. These transactions
will fully repay and remove Holdings' $328 million Holdco Term Loan
from Crestwood's credit profile and eliminate the implicit debt
service burden for this loan on Crestwood. The outlook change also
reflects Moody's expectation that the company will be able to
reduce leverage in 2021 through significant free cash flow
generation, partially offsetting borrowings it will undertake to
fund the Holdings transaction.

Following the close of the transactions and repayment of the
Holdings' Term Loan, Moody's will withdraw its ratings on
Holdings.

Affirmations:

Issuer: Crestwood Equity Partners LP

Probability of Default Rating, Affirmed Ba3-PD

Corporate Family Rating, Affirmed Ba3

Pref. Stock Non-cumulative Preferred Stock, Affirmed B2 (LGD6)

Issuer: Crestwood Midstream Partners LP

Senior Unsecured Notes, Affirmed B1 (LGD4) from (LGD5)

Outlook Actions:

Issuer: Crestwood Equity Partners LP

Outlook, Changed To Stable From Negative

Issuer: Crestwood Midstream Partners LP

Outlook, Changed To Stable From Negative

RATINGS RATIONALE

Crestwood's Ba3 CFR reflects its basin diversification, good
distribution coverage, and a contract profile with a high portion
of fixed fee and take-or-pay contracts. The rating also reflects
the company's relatively moderate leverage, although Crestwood's
leverage (Debt/EBITDA) will increase by about 0.5x due to debt
funding the transaction with Holdings. Significant free cash flow
generation will allow Crestwood to reduce revolver borrowings and
keep leverage near 4.5x. Crestwood also benefits from strong
distribution coverage, which will improve following the retirement
of the 11.5 million common units it will acquire from Holdings ,
with coverage likely to exceed 2x in 2021. The company will also
benefit from enhancements to its governance, such as transitioning
to an elected board of directors, and increased public float of its
units. Crestwood is constrained by its relatively small scale, the
inherent volumetric risks in its gathering and processing business,
customer counterparty risk and still significant concentration of
its operations in the Bakken shale. In conjunction with the
transaction, the Board of Directors has authorized a $175 million
common and preferred unit repurchase program. Moody's expects
Crestwood to prioritize using free cash flow to reduce debt and
that unit repurchase activity will be measured and to be nominal
until the company reaches its leverage target.

Midstream's senior notes ($2.1 billion in total) are unsecured,
effectively subordinating their claim on the company's assets to
its senior secured revolving credit facility. The substantial
amount of secured debt in the capital structure results in the
notes being rated B1, one notch below the Ba3 CFR. Crestwood's
preferred units ($612 million outstanding at December 31, 2020) are
structurally subordinated to Midstream's debt obligations and are
rated B2.

Crestwood's SGL-3 rating reflects Moody's expectation that the
company will have adequate liquidity through mid-2022. Crestwood
had $719 million drawn under its $1.25 billion revolving credit
facility as of December 31, 2020, although following the company's
$700 million notes issuance in January 2021, revolver balances are
likely considerably lower given the company's intention to repay
borrowings with a portion of the notes proceeds. The revolver
expires in October 2023. Moody's expects Crestwood will generate
about $150 million of free cash flow, which is a departure from the
company's history of consistently outspending cash flow.
Crestwood's conservative distribution policy, which targets
distribution coverage of at least 1.8x, provides additional support
to the company's liquidity.

Financial covenants under the Crestwood credit facility are EBITDA
/ Interest of at least 2.5x, net Debt / EBITDA of not more than
5.5x and senior secured leverage ratio of not more than 3.75x.
Moody's expects the company to maintain compliance with these
covenants through mid-2022, with cushion initially narrow but
expanding as the company reduces debt through free cash flow.
CEQP's next debt maturity is in 2023 when its $700 million senior
notes issue comes due.

The stable outlook reflects Moody's expectation Crestwood will be
able to reduce debt during 2021 and keep leverage at or below
4.5x.

FACTORS THAT COULD LEAD TO AN UPGRADE OR DOWNGRADE OF THE RATINGS

Crestwood's ratings may be upgraded if leverage improves to below
4x and distribution coverage remains above 1.2x.

A downgrade is possible if debt/EBITDA exceeds 5x or if liquidity
weakens materially.

Houston, Texas-based master limited partnership Crestwood, through
its subsidiaries develops, acquires, owns or controls, and operates
primarily fee-based assets and operations within the energy
midstream sector. Its primary operations are located in the Bakken
and Marcellus Shales and the Powder River and Permian Basins.

The principal methodology used in these ratings was Midstream
Energy published in December 2018.


DIOCESE OF CAMDEN: Hires Prime Clerk as Administrative Advisor
--------------------------------------------------------------
The Diocese of Camden, New Jersey, seeks approval from the U.S.
Bankruptcy Court for the District of New Jersey to employ Prime
Clerk, LLC as administrative advisor.

The firm's services include:

     (a) assisting in the solicitation, balloting and tabulation of
votes, preparing any related reports in support of confirmation of
a Chapter 11 plan, and processing requests for documents;

     (b) preparing an official ballot certification and, if
necessary, testifying in support of the ballot tabulation results;

     (c) managing and coordinating any distributions pursuant to a
Chapter 11 plan; and

     (d) other bankruptcy administrative services

Benjamin Steele, a partner at Prime Clerk, disclosed in a court
filing that the firm is a "disinterested person" as the term is
defined in Section 101(14) of the Bankruptcy Code.

The firm can be reached at:

     Benjamin J. Steele
     Prime Clerk LLC
     60 East 42nd Street, Suite 1440
     New York, NY 10165
     Tel: +1 212 257 5490

                   About The Diocese of Camden

The Diocese of Camden, New Jersey is a non-profit religious
corporation organized pursuant to Title 16 of the Revised Statutes
of New Jersey.  It is the secular legal embodiment of the Roman
Catholic Diocese of Camden, a juridic person recognized under Canon
Law.

The Diocese of Camden sought protection under Chapter 11 of the
Bankruptcy Code (Bankr. D.N.J. Case No. 20-21257) on Oct. 1, 2020.
Reverend Robert E. Hughes, vicar general and vice president, signed
the petition.  In the petition, the Debtor disclosed total assets
of $53,575,365 and liabilities of $25,727,209.

Judge Jerrold N. Poslusny Jr. oversees the case.

The Debtor tapped McManimon, Scotland & Baumann, LLC as its
bankruptcy counsel, Eisneramper, LLP as financial advisor, Cooper
Levenson P.A. and Duane Morris LLP as special counsel.  Prime Clerk
LLC is the Debtor's claims and noticing agent and administrative
advisor.

The U.S. Trustee for Regions 3 and 9 appointed an official
committee of unsecured trade creditors in the Debtor's Chapter 11
case.  The committee is represented by Porzio, Bromberg & Newman,
P.C.


EARTHWORX & SALES: Seeks Approval to Hire Wilson Accounting
-----------------------------------------------------------
Earthworx & Sales, LLC seeks approval from the U.S. Bankruptcy
Court for the Western District of Pennsylvania to employ Wilson
Accounting Group as its accountant.

The firm will be paid at these rates:

     Partners     $175 per hour
     Staffs       $90 per hour

The firm will also be reimbursed for out-of-pocket expenses
incurred.

Michael Wilson, Esq., a partner at Wilson Accounting Group,
disclosed in a court filing that the firm is a "disinterested
person" as the term is defined in Section 101(14) of the Bankruptcy
Code.

The firm can be reached at:

     Michael C. Wilson
     Wilson Accounting Group
     300 Mt. Lebanon Blvd., Suite 201A 2nd Fl.
     Pittsburgh, PA 15234
     Tel: (412) 109-4688 / (972) 628-3657
     Email: mwilson@munckwilson.com

                     About Earthworx & Sales

Earthworx & Sales, LLC filed a voluntary petition for relief under
Chapter 11 of the Bankruptcy Code (Bankr. W.D. Penn. Case No.
21-20534) on March 11, 2021.  At the time of the filing, the Debtor
estimated $500,001 to $1 million in assets and $100,001 to $500,000
in liabilities.  The Debtor tapped Calaiaro Valencik as its legal
counsel and Wilson Accounting Group as its accountant.


EAST RIDGE RETIREMENT: Fitch Puts 2014 Bonds on Watch Negative
--------------------------------------------------------------
Fitch Ratings has maintained the Rating Watch Negative on the 'B-'
rating assigned to approximately $69 million of series 2014 health
facilities revenue bonds issued by the Alachua County Health
Facilities Authority, FL on behalf of East Ridge Retirement Village
(ERRV).

Fitch Ratings has also assigned and placed on Rating Watch
Negative, a 'B-' Issuer Default Rating (IDR) to ERRV.

SECURITY

The bonds are secured by a pledge of gross revenues and receivables
of the obligated group (OG; ERRV is the only member), a first
mortgage lien on all current and future property of the OG and a
fully-funded debt service reserve.

ANALYTICAL CONCLUSION

The 'B-' rating reflects Fitch's view that material default risk
remains present due to persistent softness in independent living
unit (ILU) and assisted living unit (ALU) occupancy that is below
covenanted levels, as well as ERRV's weak liquidity and
profitability. The maintenance of the Rating Watch Negative
reflects uncertainty given ERRV's expected violation of its debt
service coverage ratio covenant for FY20 (December 31 year-end).
ERRV's unaudited Dec. 31, 2020 disclosure calculated the FY20 debt
service coverage ratio to be 0.68x. The covenant violation results
in an event of default with remedies available to bondholders that
include principal acceleration. Fitch will monitor the ongoing
bondholder negotiations and take a rating action once more details
become available. Any outcome or remedy enforcement that negatively
affects ERRV's ability to repay its debt obligations would result
in a downgrade.

KEY RATING DRIVERS

Revenue Defensibility: 'b'

Single-site LPC With Weak Demand

ERRV's ILU occupancy remains weak as evidenced by an average
occupancy of only 78.1% in 2020. The coronavirus pandemic brought
significant challenges to operations that slowed sales to only 25
ILUs in 2020 versus the 58 ILU sales that were anticipated at the
beginning of the year. Given the recent financial challenges, ERRV
has not been able to consistently renovate/update its ILUs. In
addition, ERRV's ILUs are smaller than market expectations and the
community has a low proportion of two-bedroom units compared to
one-bedroom units, which brings additional sales challenges. Though
Fitch believes that ERRV has the potential to improve its ILU
occupancy in the upcoming year, units will likely require
additional updates and combinations over time to meet market
expectations.

Overall healthcare occupancy has been inconsistent, but skilled
nursing facility (SNF) occupancy showed a solid rebound to 97.3% at
Dec. 31, 2020 after reaching a recent low of 58.1% due to
pandemic-related restrictions. ALU occupancy, which had been
improving prior to the coronavirus pandemic, remains weak as
combined ALU and memory support unit (MSU) occupancy was only 70.2%
at Dec. 31, 2020 - below the MTI's 88% quarterly occupancy target
and 85.1% occupancy mark as of Dec. 31, 2019.

ERRV's entrance fees are affordable compared to local home values
as the weighted average entrance fee for all residences is around
$200,000, while the average home value of homes in Cutler Bay is
around $350,000. Despite the favorable pricing, management has not
consistently increased fees in order to maintain favorable pricing.
Management expects an improvement in occupancy in 2021, without a
significant use of incentives.

Operating Risk: 'bb'

Weak Profitability; Limited Capital Investment in Recent Years

ERRV's operating risk is weak given its predominantly type-A
contract mix and weak profitability metrics. The community's net
operating margin (NOM), NOM-adjusted and operating ratio have
averaged only 0.7%, 12.1% and 117.1% over the past five years.
Though the average age of plant of 10.5 years at Dec. 31, 2019 is
good, ERRV's capital has only averaged 71.7% of depreciation over
the past five years due to management's efforts to preserve
liquidity and align spending with occupancy and margin
improvements. If ILU sales activity accelerates, the community will
need to increase spending to have an adequate inventory of updated
units available for potential residents.

Capital related metrics have been weak in recent years given the
community's significant debt burden against its current financial
profile. ERRV's debt issuance in 2015 was issued to finance a
campus expansion project that included 90 new ALUs, 31 new MSUs and
74 new skilled nursing beds that replaced the existing AL and
skilled nursing buildings.

The increase in debt has resulted in an inflated MADS as a percent
of revenue and debt to net available that has averaged 20.1% and
19.8x over the past five years. In addition, the community has
struggled to maintain consistent overall occupancy that resulted in
a debt service coverage violation in FY2018 (0.52x coverage) and is
expected to result in a debt service coverage violation once the
final FY2020 calculation is issued - unaudited debt service
coverage was only 0.68x. Failure to achieve 1x coverage is an event
of default under the bond documents and the uncertainty surrounding
bondholder action is reflected in the Rating Watch Negative on the
bonds.

Financial Profile: 'b'

Resilient Financial Profile Through Current Volatility

As of YE 2020, ERRV cash-to-adjusted debt measured only 21.7%.
ERRV's current level of liquidity, characterized by 110 DCOH as of
Dec. 31, 2020 (according to the MTI calculation), is viewed
negatively. Fitch's baseline expectation is for ERRV to improve its
profitability and net entrance fees, but experience some liquidity
erosion over the near-term. The community's ability to stabilize
its liquidity position will be highly contingent on management's
ability to accelerate ILU sales and occupancy over the next two
years while managing capital spending. Though Fitch expects
operational improvements that would support the current 'B-'
rating, the stress case highlights ERRV's thin balance sheet as
liquidity erodes significantly to a level that could result in a
payment default, and therefore implies the possibility of further
downgrade pressure.

ASYMMETRIC ADDITIONAL RISK CONSIDERATIONS

No asymmetric risk considerations were relevant to the rating
determination.

RATING SENSITIVITIES

Factors that could, individually or collectively, lead to positive
rating action/upgrade:

-- Sustained rebound in operating metrics (e.g., operating ratio
    below 100% and/or NOM of better than 3%) leading to cash flow
    generation sufficient to build adequate headroom to debt
    service coverage covenant;

-- ILU occupancy improves to be consistently above 88%

-- Significant liquidity improvement that increases DCOH to be
    consistently above 200 days.

Factors that could, individually or collectively, lead to negative
rating action/downgrade:

-- Failure to reach permanent forbearance agreement;

-- Inability to execute continued operating improvement, leading
    to reduced liquidity and weak debt service coverage.

BEST/WORST CASE RATING SCENARIO

International scale credit ratings of Sovereigns, Public Finance
and Infrastructure issuers have a best-case rating upgrade scenario
(defined as the 99th percentile of rating transitions, measured in
a positive direction) of three notches over a three-year rating
horizon; and a worst-case rating downgrade scenario (defined as the
99th percentile of rating transitions, measured in a negative
direction) of three notches over three years. The complete span of
best- and worst-case scenario credit ratings for all rating
categories ranges from 'AAA' to 'D'. Best- and worst-case scenario
credit ratings are based on historical performance.

ERRV is a Type A life plan community located on 76 acres in the
town of Cutler Bay, Florida, approximately 20 miles south of Miami.
The community currently includes 221 ILUs, 90 ALUs, 31 memory care
units and 74 SNF units. ILU residents are mostly in lifecare
contracts with nonrefundable entrance fees. ERRV reported total
operating revenues of approximately $26.9 million in fiscal 2020.

ERRV is currently the only OG member. Since March 27, 2008 ERRV has
been controlled by Santa Fe Senior Living (SFSL) via an affiliation
agreement between ERRV and SFSL's corporate parent, SantaFe
HealthCare (SFHC). Neither SFSL nor SFHC are obligated on the
series 2014 bonds. SFSL opened the Terraces at Bonita Springs in
July 2013 and also operates North Florida Retirement Village, a
rental community in Gainesville, Florida.

ESG CONSIDERATIONS

Unless otherwise disclosed in this section, the highest level of
ESG credit relevance is a score of '3'. This means ESG issues are
credit-neutral or have only a minimal credit impact on the entity,
either due to their nature or the way in which they are being
managed by the entity.


EL PASO COUNSELING: Says Talks to Assume Lease With HTA Ongoing
---------------------------------------------------------------
El Paso Counseling Center of Express Arts, LLC ("CCOEA") filed with
the U.S. Bankruptcy Court for the Western District of Texas, El
Paso Division, a Disclosure Statement and accompanying Plan of
Reorganization.

CCOEA's Plan is based on the future income generated from the
counseling services provided to its counseling patients.  This is
the sole source of revenue for payment of Allowed Claims under the
Plan.

Class 1 consists of the Priority Claim of HTA-Sierra, LLC ("HTA")
for the post petition rent payment for June 2020 which accrued
contemporaneously with the filing of the Chapter 11 Petition in the
amount of $17,868.  This amount will be paid no later than the
Effective Date. This Class is Unimpaired.

Allowed Secured Claims are those secured by property of the
Bankruptcy Estate. If the value of the collateral securing the
creditor's claim is less than the amount of the creditor's allowed
claim, the difference constituting the deficiency will be
classified as a General Unsecured Claim. However, CCOEA does not
foresee any General Unsecured Claims arising at this point. CCOEA
is not bifurcating any Allowed Secured Claims.

Class 1 consists of the Secured Claim of Sunflower Bank in the
amount of $49,151.94 secured by a Security Agreement and UCC-1
Financing Statement on accounts, inventory, and equipment. Upon
payment in full of Claim No. 2 Sunflower Bank will release its lien
on the Collateral for this loan.

Class 2 consists of the Secured Claim of Sunflower Bank in the
amount of $47,115 for Debtor's participation in the Paycheck
Protection Program (PPP) guaranteed by the United States of
America, Small Business Administration (the "PPP SBA Loan").  On
Feb. 18, 2021, CCOEA received the approval of its application for
forgiveness of the PPP SBA Loan.  Thus, POC No. 3 has been
satisfied.

Class 4 consists of the Secured Claim of State Farm Bank in the
amount of $6,718 secured by a Texas Certificate of Title on a 2016
Cadillac SRX. Upon payment in full of Claim No. 4 State Farm Bank
will release its lien on the Collateral for this loan.

Class 5 consists of the Lease Assumption Claim of HTA-Sierra, LLC
("HTA"). HTA's Proof of Claim lists $87,440.21 owed (after payment
of the June 2020 rent amount). CCOEA has not moved to assume the
Lease with HTA. Because the Parties have been attempting to
negotiate a resolution of this amount, and thus, the basis for the
multiple extension of the deadline by which to assume or reject.

Nevertheless, CCOEA foresees two scenarios for assumption. CCOEA
would file a Motion to Assume Lease depending on the scenario that
materializes within the next 30 days.

     * Scenario A: CCOEA proposes assumptions under the following
terms: a) Outstanding rent for June 2020 be forgiven; b) The moving
allowance of $13,877 and rent abatement due for the 70 days of 80
plus temperature be credited to eliminate all outstanding CAM
charges; c) All future CAM charges be waived for 2021; and d) CAM
charges are capped at $500 per month for the total account for the
remainder of the Lease.

     * Scenario B: No agreement with HTA is reached, and its claim
of $87,440 is allowed. Under this scenario, CCOEA would move to
assume the Lease under the following terms: a) The June 2020
postpetition rent payment is cured; and b) As adequate assurance of
future performance, the $87,440 would be cured over a period of 72
months in the amount of $1,214 per month.

If no agreement is reached with HTA, the amount in its Proof of
Claim is subject to set offs and credits per CCOEA's records. In
Scenario B, if the June payment is cured, CCOEA's reflect that the
overall outstanding would be $69,391 minus the uncredited moving
allowance reducing the claim to $55,513.  Moreover, that total does
not include the rent abatement. HTA's original Proof of Claim does
not credit the 3 months rent on the second space.

Class 6 consists of the Equity Holder of CCOEA who is Dr. Leah
Miller.  Dr. Miller will retain her equity interest in CCOEA. Dr.
Miller has personally guaranteed the Sunflower Bank and State Farm
Bank loans as well as the Commercial Lease with HTA.

A full-text copy of the Disclosure Statement dated March 28, 2021,
is available at https://bit.ly/3fzECjI from PacerMonitor.com at no
charge.

Attorneys for Debtor:

     Carlos A. Miranda, Esq.
     MIRANDA & MALDONADO, P.C.
     5915 Silver Springs, Bldg. 7
     El Paso, Texas 79912
     Tel: (915) 587-5000
     Fax: (915) 587-5001
     E-mail: cmiranda@eptxlayers.com
             cmaldonado@eptxlawyers.com

                 About El Paso Counseling Center

El Paso Counseling Center of Expressive Arts, P.C.'s mission is to
serve residents of El Paso County by providing quality mental
health services. The Debtor filed a Chapter 11 petition (Bankr.
W.D. Tex. Case No. 20-30669) on June 1, 2020.  The Debtor is
represented by Carlos Miranda, Esq. of MIRANDA & MALDONADO, PC.


EPIC Y-GRADE: Moody's Lowers CFR to Caa3 on Weak Liquidity
----------------------------------------------------------
Moody's Investors Service downgraded EPIC Y-Grade Services, LP's
Corporate Family Rating to Caa3 from Caa2 and Probability of
Default Rating to Caa3-PD from Caa2-PD. Moody's downgraded the
ratings of EPIC Y-Grade's senior secured term loan due 2024, senior
secured term loan due 2027 (issued under the 2018 credit agreement)
and senior secured term loan due 2027 (issued under the 2020 credit
agreement) to Caa3 from Caa2. Moody's downgraded the rating of the
senior secured revolver due 2025 to B2 from B1. The outlook remains
negative.

"The downgrade of EPIC Y-Grade's ratings reflects increased debt on
an already highly leveraged balance sheet in the context of weaker
than expected volume and EBITDA that will lead to continued weak
credit metrics over the next 12-18 months," said Jonathan Teitel, a
Moody's analyst.

Downgrades:

Issuer: EPIC Y-Grade Services, LP

Probability of Default Rating, Downgraded to Caa3-PD from Caa2-PD

Corporate Family Rating, Downgraded to Caa3 from Caa2

GTD Senior Secured 1st Lien Revolving Credit Facility, Downgraded
to B2 (LGD1) from B1 (LGD1)

GTD Senior Secured 1st Lien Term Loan, Downgraded to Caa3 (LGD4)
from Caa2 (LGD4)

Outlook Actions:

Issuer: EPIC Y-Grade Services, LP

Outlook, Remains Negative

RATINGS RATIONALE

EPIC Y-Grade's Caa3 CFR reflects a large debt burden, minimal
EBITDA and weak liquidity. Cash needs in 2021 are supported by
proceeds from the new $50 million term loan due 2025 (issued under
the 2021 credit agreement, unrated) and matching $50 million equity
investment by the company's owners (including amounts already
contributed this year and commitments). Moody's expects that
volumes on EPIC Y-Grade's system will ramp up during 2021 driving
EBITDA higher but remain lower than previously expected.
Consequently, Moody's expects leverage will be very high at the end
of 2021. Only a portion of cash flow is underpinned by minimum
volume commitments leaving the company exposed to volume risks. The
company's first fractionator was placed into service in mid-2020.
The company paused construction of its second fractionator though
other sizable capital spending needs remain in 2021. EPIC Y-Grade's
contracts are fixed fee and mostly long-term leaving the company
with limited direct commodity price risk.

Moody's views EPIC Y-Grade's liquidity as weak. The company has a
fully used $40 million revolver. Notwithstanding the additional
equity and debt capital, Moody's anticipates that there could be
additional capital needs if volumes do not increase sufficiently.
The loans do not have financial covenants until 2023.

EPIC Y-Grade's senior secured term loans due 2024 and 2027 are
rated Caa3, the same rating as the CFR because they comprise the
vast majority of the company's debt, rank equally and have the same
payment priority. The company's senior secured revolver due 2025 is
first in payment priority over the term loans and that priority
combined with its small size relative to the term loans results in
it being rated B2. EPIC Y-Grade used investment capacity under its
existing credit agreements to place a 25% interest in its first
fractionator into a joint venture, which will also be a guarantor
of the senior secured term loan due 2025 (unrated) but not of the
other loans. With that exception, the term loan due 2025 has the
same ranking, guarantees and collateral as the other term loans.
The joint venture will be majority owned by EPIC Y-Grade's owners
with an ownership stake also held by the lender of the term loan
due 2025.

The negative outlook reflects high credit risks in the context of a
highly leveraged balance sheet and weak liquidity.

FACTORS THAT COULD LEAD TO AN UPGRADE OR DOWNGRADE OF THE RATINGS

Factors that could lead to a downgrade include erosion of
liquidity, more debt or increased risk of default.

Factors that could lead to an upgrade include improved liquidity
and significant EBITDA growth with correspondingly much lower
leverage.

EPIC Y-Grade is a privately-owned midstream energy business with
NGL pipelines running from the Permian Basin to Corpus Christi. The
company is majority-owned by Ares Management with ownership stakes
also held by Noble Midstream Partners and an investor group led by
FS Investments.

The principal methodology used in these ratings was Midstream
Energy published in December 2018.


FAIRBANKS COMPANY: Taps Logan & Company as Balloting Agent
----------------------------------------------------------
The Fairbanks Company seeks approval from the U.S. Bankruptcy Court
for the Northern District of Georgia to employ Logan & Company,
Inc. as balloting and tabulation agent.

The firm will be paid based upon its normal and usual hourly
billing rates, and reimbursed for out-of-pocket expenses incurred.
The retainer fee is $3,000.

Kathleen Logan, a partner at Logan & Company, disclosed in a court
filing that the firm is a "disinterested person" as the term is
defined in Section 101(14) of the Bankruptcy Code.

The firm can be reached at:

     Kathleen M. Logan
     Logan & Company, Inc.
     546 Valley Road, 2nd Floor
     Upper Montclair, NJ 07043
     Tel: (973) 509-3190
     Fax: (973) 509-3191

                   About The Fairbanks Company

Incorporated in 1891, The Fairbanks Company --
http://www.fairbankscasters.com/-- is a Georgia corporation that
manufactures customized material handling equipment in its more
than 200,000-square-foot manufacturing and warehousing facility
located in Rome, Ga.

The Fairbanks Company sought protection under Chapter 11 of the
Bankruptcy Code (Bankr. N.D. Ga. Case No. 18-41768) on July 31,
2018.  In the petition signed by CEO Robert P. Lahre, the Debtor
estimated assets of $1 million to $10 million and liabilities of
$100,000 to $500,000.

Judge Paul W. Bonapfel oversees the case.

The Debtor tapped Reed Smith LLP as its bankruptcy counsel, and
Ogier, Rothschild & Rosenfeld, PC, as its local counsel. Cohen &
Grigsby, P.C., is the insurance coverage counsel.

On Oct. 11, 2018, the U.S. Trustee for Region 21 appointed a
committee, which is comprised of creditors who hold unsecured
claims against the Debtor for personal injury or wrongful death
resulting from exposure to asbestos or asbestos-containing
products.  The committee tapped Caplin & Drysdale, Chartered as its
legal counsel, and Jones & Walden, LLC as its local counsel.

On April 17, 2019, the court appointed James L. Patton Jr. as legal
representative for persons who may in the future assert an
asbestos-related personal injury claim against the Debtor.


FERRELLGAS PARTNERS: Completes Chapter 11 Restructuring
-------------------------------------------------------
Ferrellgas Partners, L.P. (OTC: FGPRQ) announced March 30, 2021,
the successful completion of its previously announced restructuring
transactions that strengthen its balance sheet while allowing it to
continue as an employee-owned enterprise.

James E. Ferrell, Chairman of the Ferrellgas Board of Directors,
President, and Chief Executive Officer, said, "I am pleased to
announce that we have followed through, as promised, on our
commitment to strengthen our balance sheet and remain an
employee-owned business that will continue to provide exceptional
service to our more than 700,000 nationwide customers well into the
future. This is a significant milestone for the company and its
nearly 4,500 employees, and serves as irrefutable evidence that
Ferrellgas, and its leading tank exchange brand, Blue Rhino, will
continue as a leader in the U.S. propane industry."

As previously announced, on December 10, 2020, Holdings entered
into a Transaction Support Agreement ("TSA") with a majority of the
holders of the Holdings unsecured notes that were due June 2020
(the "Holdings Notes"). The TSA included a comprehensive
restructuring plan at both the Holdings level to address the
maturity of its notes and at Ferrellgas, L.P. ("OpCo"), the
operating entity, to address over $2 billion in debt obligations.
Based on the transactions consummated today, Holdings announces
that OpCo has successfully (1) established a new $350 million
senior secured revolving credit facility, (2) issued $1.475 billion
in new senior unsecured notes due in 2026 and 2029, and (3) sold
$700 million in senior preferred equity. The senior preferred
equity financing was led by funds managed by the Private Equity
Group and the Credit Group of Ares Management Corporation ("Ares").
The proceeds of these transactions have been used to satisfy, in
full, OpCo's existing debt obligations.  Further, as contemplated
in the TSA, Holdings also announces that its plan of
reorganization, by which the existing Holdings Notes are to be
exchanged for new limited partnership units at Holdings, has gone
effective and Holdings has successfully emerged from chapter 11
protection.

The restructuring transactions enable the nearly 100-year-old
propane retailer, known for its leading tank exchange business,
Blue Rhino, to continue to serve the propane needs of millions of
Americans in all 50 states and Puerto Rico, during a pandemic year
that was also heavily impacted by record-cold temperatures in many
parts of the country.

                        About Ferrellgas

Ferrellgas Partners, L.P., through its operating partnership,
Ferrellgas, L.P., and subsidiaries, serves propane customers in all
50 states, the District of Columbia, and Puerto Rico. Ferrellgas
employees indirectly own 22.8 million common units of the
partnership, through an employee stock ownership plan.  On the Web:
http://www.ferrellgas.com/

Ferrellgas Partners LP and Ferrellgas Partners Finance filed
voluntary petitions for relief under Chapter 11 of the Bankruptcy
Code (Bankr. D. Del. Case Nos. 21-10021 and 21-10020) on Jan. 11,
2021.  James E. Ferrell, chief executive officer and president,
signed the petitions.

At the time of the filing, Ferrellgas Partners, LP was estimated to
have $100 million to $500 million in both assets and liabilities
while Ferrellgas Partners Finance was estimated to have less than
$50,000 in assets and $100 million to $500 million in liabilities.

Judge Mary F. Walrath oversees the cases.

Squire Patton Boggs (US) LLP served as legal counsel to Ferrellgas
and Moelis & Company LLC served as financial advisor and placement
agent.
Chipman, Brown, Cicero & Cole, LLP is the local bankruptcy counsel.
Ryniker Consultants is the financial advisor.  Prime Clerk LLC is
the claims, noticing & solicitation agent.

Davis Polk & Wardwell LLP as legal counsel and Ducera Partners LLC
as financial advisor advised the ad hoc group of holders of the
Holdings Notes.

Sullivan & Cromwell LLP served as legal counsel to Ares.


FORD MOTOR: Moody's Alters Outlook on Ba2 CFR to Stable
-------------------------------------------------------
Moody's Investors Service affirmed Ford Motor Company's Ba2 senior
unsecured ratings and corporate family ratings. The outlook is
changed to stable from negative.

The change in outlook to stable reflects Ford's record of managing
through the Covid- induced impact on auto sales and production
volumes by having a strong liquidity position, and Moody's
expectation that Ford's robust new product launches this year and
progress in its 'Redesign' initiatives will enable Ford to be on a
cadence of improving consolidated EBITA margin to exceed 3% (on
Moody's adjusted basis) by the latter part of 2022.

RATINGS RATIONALE

The ratings reflect Ford's competitive position in North American
that will be strengthened by a robust new product cadence that
includes the launch of the highly profitable F-150 truck in late
2020. The effective launch of Ford's flagship product is critical,
and Moody's believes that Ford will continue to ensure the most
effective roll-out possible. Ford should achieve a low single digit
Moody's-adjusted EBITA margin in 2021 despite the semiconductor
shortage. The company's 2021 EBIT guidance of $8 billion to $9
billion (including Ford Credit and before Redesign charges) could
be adversely impacted by $1.0 to $2.5 billion as a result of the
semiconductor shortage. This could result in the Moody's adjusted
automotive EBITA margin falling to a range of 2% to 3% (excluding
Ford Credit and including cash restricting charges). Ford is
addressing its operating issues with low financial leverage, and
strong liquidity with a net cash position.

Ford's new senior management has the company well down the road
with the Redesign restructuring program that intends to stem losses
in the company's European, South American and other international
markets over time. International operations are still generating
approximately $1.5 billion in annual losses, however, $2.2 to $2.7
billion of EBIT charges with cash effect of $3.0 to $3.5 billion
for restructuring actions could be incurred in 2021. Ford must also
restore its position in its China joint venture, where it once
received $1.5 billion in dividends but is now generating $500
million in losses.

In addition to addressing the core operating issues, Ford faces the
considerable challenge of investing heavily to build scale and
profitability its alternative fuel vehicle (AFV) franchise, which
is a long term and capital intensive process.

Moody's expects that Ford's investments in battery electric
vehicles (BEV), AFVs and autonomous vehicles (AV) will enable it to
meet regulatory emission requirements and to remain competitive
with peers as the industry moves from an internal combustion engine
(ICE) model to one that is increasingly driven by AFVs and BEVs.

Ford is allocating more than $22 billion in BEV investments through
2025, which should enable it to keep pace with the industry's
transition to electrified vehicles. In addition, Ford's alliance
with Volkswagen in the production of electric vehicles in Europe
and the development of AV technology, reflect its competitive
positioning in these two markets.

The most formidable challenge will be generating profits from its
BEV portfolio. BEVs are currently an unprofitable or a very
low-return market for the entire auto industry. Attracting a
customer base, establishing effective price points, and scaling up
production to a level that can support the massive investments
devoted to BEVs will be a significant long-term challenge for Ford
and its peers.

Ford will also continue to face areas of event risk that can
seriously erode performance. These risks include: economic
cyclicality, restructurings, strikes, product recalls, supply chain
disruptions, and regulatory/litigation costs.

A sound liquidity position is a core element of Ford's financial
strategy. At year-end 2020 the company had $31 billion of cash and
$16 billion of available committed credit facilities for total
liquidity of $47 billion. This compares with total automotive debt
of $24 billion, of which less than $1 billion matures during the
coming twelve months. The company's liquidity strategy affords it
adequate capacity to fund capital investment plans, implement its
Redesign restructurings, and contend with ongoing event risk.

FACTORS THAT COULD LEAD TO AN UPGRADE OR DOWNGRADE OF THE RATINGS

The rating could be downgraded if operational disruptions or severe
declines in retail sales and market share, especially in the North
American light truck segment, prevent the company from establishing
a clear trajectory for achieving (by 2022): Moody's-adjusted global
automotive EBITA margin exceeding 3%; North American EBIT margin
approximating 8%; EBITA/interest over 2x; and, solidly positive
free cash flow.

The rating could be upgraded if Ford's trajectory for 2022
performance reflects: Moody's-adjusted EBITA margin above 5%; North
American EBIT margin approaching 10%; EBITA/interest exceeding
3.5x; and free cash flow over $3 billion.

Meeting future carbon emissions requirements in major regions
(North America, China and Europe) will pose financial and
technological challenges for Ford. Ford has been active in
addressing environmental risks, which will remain a top agenda item
in its forward planning. Nevertheless, Moody's expects that the
company's current product portfolio leaves it vulnerable to
potentially large emission penalties in 2021 and beyond.

Reflecting these vulnerabilities, the new product launch will
include a number of battery electric and full hybrid vehicles as
important contributors in Ford's ability to comply with
increasingly challenging emission regulations in the US and Europe.
However, customer acceptance of these vehicles and Ford's ability
to earn an economic return on them has yet to be demonstrated.

Moody's does not anticipate Ford's long-term product and investment
strategy will be materially impacted by either US compliance with
the Paris Accord or the possible reaffirmation/termination of the
California exemption from US federal emission standards.

Given the auto industry's importance to employment levels in the
countries in which it operates, labor relations and facility
location plans can have an impact on Ford's credit profile. Recent
negotiation with the UAW provide a framework that will not
materially alter Ford's competitive position or its ability to
pursue its electrification and Redesign plan. The company is also
taking adequate action to minimize disruptions relating to the
restructuring of its international operations.

The large family ownership structure in Ford provides the company
with an important degree of insulation from potential activist
shareholders. Activist intervention can be a disruptive factor in
the US auto sector.

The following rating actions were taken:

Issuer: Ford Motor Company

Corporate Family Rating, Affirmed Ba2

Probability of Default Rating, Affirmed Ba2-PD

Speculative Grade Liquidity, remains SGL-1

Senior Unsecured Bank Credit Facility, Affirmed Ba2 (LGD4)

Senior Unsecured Regular Bond/Debenture, Affirmed Ba2 (LGD4)

Senior Unsecured Conv./Exch. Bond/Debenture, Affirmed Ba2 (LGD4)

Issuer: Ford Holdings, Inc.

Senior Unsecured Regular Bond/Debenture, Affirmed Ba2 (LGD4)

Outlook Actions:

Issuer: Ford Holdings, Inc.

Outlook, Changed To Stable From Negative

Issuer: Ford Motor Company

Outlook, Changed To Stable From Negative

The methodologies used in these ratings were Automobile
Manufacturer Industry published in June 2017.

Ford Motor Company, headquartered in Dearborn, Michigan, is a
leading global automotive manufacturer with 2020 revenues of $116
billion.


FORD MOTOR: Moody's Alters Outlook on Ba2 Ratings to Stable
-----------------------------------------------------------
Moody's Investors Service affirmed its ratings for Ford Motor
Credit Company LLC and its subsidiaries, including the Ba2
long-term senior unsecured rating and Not Prime short-term ratings.
The outlook was changed to stable from negative.

The rating actions follow similar actions on the ratings for Ford
Credit's parent, Ford Motor Company (Ford, Ba2 corporate family
rating, stable), consistent with Moody's Methodology of Captive
Finance Subsidiaries of Nonfinancial Corporations. This is based on
Ford Credit's strategic significance to its parent, Moody's
expectation that Ford would support Ford Credit, if required, as
well as the explicit support agreement in place between the two
companies.

Affirmations:

Issuer: Ford Motor Credit Company LLC

Commercial Paper, Affirmed NP

Backed Commercial Paper, Affirmed NP

Senior Unsecured Medium-Term Note Program (Local Currency),
Affirmed (P)Ba2

Senior Unsecured Medium-Term Note Program (Foreign Currency),
Affirmed (P)Ba2

Other Short Term (Local Currency), Affirmed (P)NP

Other Short Term (Foreign Currency), Affirmed (P)NP

Backed Senior Unsecured Medium-Term Note Program, Affirmed (P)Ba2

Senior Unsecured Regular Bond/Debenture (Local Currency), Affirmed
Ba2

Senior Unsecured Regular Bond/Debenture (Foreign Currency),
Affirmed Ba2

Senior Unsecured Shelf, Affirmed (P)Ba2

Subordinate Shelf, Affirmed (P)Ba3

Issuer: FCE Bank plc

Senior Unsecured Bank Credit Facility, Affirmed Ba2

Backed ST Deposit Note/CD Program (Foreign Currency), Affirmed NP

Commercial Paper (Foreign Currency), Affirmed NP

Senior Unsecured Medium-Term Note Program (Foreign Currency),
Affirmed (P)Ba2

Other Short Term (Foreign Currency), Affirmed (P)NP

Senior Unsecured Regular Bond/Debenture (Local Currency), Affirmed
Ba2

Senior Unsecured Regular Bond/Debenture (Foreign Currency),
Affirmed Ba2

Issuer: Ford Credit Canada Company

Backed Commercial Paper, Affirmed NP

Backed Senior Unsecured Medium-Term Note Program (Local Currency),
Affirmed (P)Ba2

Backed Senior Unsecured Medium-Term Note Program (Foreign
Currency), Affirmed (P)Ba2

Backed Senior Unsecured Regular Bond/Debenture, Affirmed Ba2

Backed Senior Unsecured Shelf, Affirmed (P)Ba2

Outlook Actions:

Issuer: Ford Motor Credit Company LLC

Outlook, Changed to Stable from Negative

Issuer: FCE Bank plc

Outlook, Changed to Stable from Negative

Issuer: Ford Credit Canada Company

Outlook, Changed to Stable from Negative

RATINGS RATIONALE

Ford Credit's unchanged ba2 standalone assessment takes into
consideration the company's well managed portfolio asset quality,
adequate capital cushion that protects its creditors against
unexpected losses, and good liquidity supported by its operating
model. Ford Credit is the only rated auto captive firm that has a
relatively limited lease portfolio (20% of managed assets as of
December 31, 2020) making it less vulnerable to a rapid decline of
used car prices than peers. Moody's expects that Ford Credit's net
receivables ($132 billion as of December 31, 2020) will moderately
increase by low single digits in the next 12 months. This assumes
that the company will maintain an overall penetration rate of
around 60%, broadly in line with historical figures. Moody's
believes that Ford Credit will manage its debt to equity leverage
to within its historical range (9.8x as of December 31, 2020),
given its consistent distribution strategies. Credit challenges for
Ford Credit include its exposure to the performance trends of its
parent and its significant use of securitization, reducing the
company's alternate sources of liquidity.

Ford Credit's liquidity position is good and totaled $35.4 billion
as of December 31, 2020, comprising $14.6 billion of cash (net of
$3.9 billion of cash reserves held for ABS facilities), $18.8
billion from committed asset backed facilities (excluding capacity
in excess of eligible receivables), and $2.0 billion under other
unsecured credit facilities ($2.5bn capacity).

Ford Credit's ba2 standalone assessment is line with the rating of
its parent Ford. The stable outlook on Ford Credit was prompted by
similar actions taken on the ratings for its ultimate parent Ford.
Ford's improved credit profile will have positive implications for
Ford Credit's access to funding and its financing volumes. Ford's
support to Ford Credit is evidenced by a support agreement under
which Ford Credit can require Ford to inject capital to restore
leverage below an 11.5x debt to equity threshold, should Ford
Credit exceed the threshold.

FACTORS THAT COULD LEAD TO AN UPGRADE OR DOWNGRADE OF THE RATINGS

The ratings could be upgraded if the ratings for Ford are
upgraded.

A material decline in asset quality and profitability beyond
Moody's current expectations, diminished liquidity, or leverage as
measured by tangible common equity over tangible managed assets to
less than 8% could lead to lower standalone assessment for Ford
Credit. Ford Credit's ratings could be downgraded if Ford's ratings
are downgraded.

The methodologies used in these ratings were Finance Companies
Methodology published in November 2019.

Ford Credit is an indirect, wholly owned subsidiary of Ford Motor
Company. Ford Credit had a $132 billion portfolio of finance
receivables and operating leases offered through two segments:
consumer and non-consumer as of December 31, 2020. The consumer
segment comprises products offered to individuals and businesses
for the acquisition of Ford and Lincoln vehicles from dealers, in
the form of retail installment sales and lease contracts. The
non-consumer segment comprises primarily of wholesale loans offered
to auto dealers.


FRASIER MEADOWS: Fitch Assigns BB+ Issuer Default Rating
--------------------------------------------------------
Fitch affirmed Frasier Meadows Retirement Community Project d.b.a.
Frasier Meadows Manor, Inc., Colorado's approximately $80 million
of series 2017A and B revenue refunding bonds issued by the
Colorado Health Facilities Authority on behalf of Frasier at 'BB+'.
In addition, Fitch has assigned Frasier a 'BB+' Issuer Default
Rating.

The Rating Outlook is Stable.

SECURITY

Payment on the bonds is secured by a gross revenue pledge and first
mortgage lien on the Frasier bonds.

ANALYTICAL CONCLUSION

The 'BB+' rating primarily reflects Frasier's strong revenue
defensibility balanced against weak operating risk. Frasier's
excess cash flow generation has funded extensive capital projects
and should continue to fund future construction, resulting in
Frasier's liquidity profile remaining flat throughout Fitch's
forward-looking scenario analysis. Frasier's business profile is
solid, characterized by strong revenue defensibility as an
established operator. Weak operating risk reflects Frasier's
consistent history of operations and extensive capital
improvements. The rating incorporates expectations for elevated
future capex but not for significant additional debt. The 'BB+'
rating assumes net entrance fee receipts and net operating revenue
will continue to increase from the additional 98 expansion
independent living units (ILUs).

KEY RATING DRIVERS

Revenue Defensibility: 'a'

Single Site LPC with Strong Demand and Pricing Characteristics

Frasier is a single-site provider with limited competition.
Substantial barriers to entry prevent additional life plan
communities (LPCs) from entering the Boulder service area.
Frasier's robust demand contributes to Fitch's strong revenue
defensibility assessment. Utilization has been consistently strong,
albeit weaker during the coronavirus pandemic. Frasier has a
history of regular fee increases, and weighted-average entrance
fees are substantially below prevailing housing prices in the
market.

Operating Risk: 'bb'

Large Capital Projects, stable core operations

Fitch's assessment of Frasier's operating risk is based on its
demonstrated track record of consistent cost management and its
predominantly Type B contract mix. It's average age of plant is
favorably low, and capital spending has been high over the past
several years. Future capital spending is expected to be elevated
given management's plans to renovate the healthcare center and
potentially add ILUs. Fitch believes Frasier can absorb the
elevated planned capex at its current rating level assuming no
material increase in debt.

Financial Profile: 'bb'

Stable liquidity and elevated leverage

As of YE 2020, Frasier had unrestricted cash-to-adjusted debt of
about 36%. Given Frasier's strong revenue defensibility and planned
capex, Fitch expects Frasier's liquidity metrics to remain
consistent with historical averages and the 'BB+' rating, despite
the recent economic and operational volatility resulting from the
pandemic.

ASYMMETRIC ADDITIONAL RISK CONSIDERATIONS

No asymmetric risk considerations were relevant to the rating
determination.

RATING SENSITIVITIES

Factor that could, individually or collectively, lead to positive
rating action/upgrade:

-- Continued balance sheet accretion such that cash-to-adjusted
    debt levels are expected to improve and be sustained at levels
    approaching 70%.

Factors that could, individually or collectively, lead to negative
rating action/downgrade:

-- Frasier's financial profile remains stable through Fitch's
    stress case scenario. However, liquidity remains flat,
    indicating additional debt such that cash-to-adjusted debt
    falls below 30%, which could pressure the rating.

-- The rating could be pressured if operating performance
    deteriorates substantially such that revenue-only maximum
    annual debt service (MADS) coverage falls below 0.0x or if the
    net operating margin falls below 11%.

BEST/WORST CASE RATING SCENARIO

International scale credit ratings of Sovereigns, Public Finance
and Infrastructure issuers have a best-case rating upgrade scenario
(defined as the 99th percentile of rating transitions, measured in
a positive direction) of three notches over a three-year rating
horizon; and a worst-case rating downgrade scenario (defined as the
99th percentile of rating transitions, measured in a negative
direction) of three notches over three years. The complete span of
best- and worst-case scenario credit ratings for all rating
categories ranges from 'AAA' to 'D'. Best- and worst-case scenario
credit ratings are based on historical performance.

CREDIT PROFILE

Established in 1956, Frasier owns and operates a single-site life
plan community with 298 ILUs, 19 assisted living units, 19 memory
care units (MCUs) and 54 skilled nursing facility (SNF) beds on a
20-acre campus in Boulder, CO. Frasier currently offers a Type B
modified-fee-for-service contract, with 50% refundable or
nonrefundable entrance fee residency agreements. Nonrefundable
entrance fees are approximately 25% lower than refundable entrance
fees. All agreements provide a modest discount for healthcare
benefits as well as 30 free healthcare days per ILU per year in a
semiprivate room.

Entrance fees for ILUs range from $59,000-$782,000. Monthly service
fees range from $1,719-$5,047.

Since opening in 1960, Frasier has undergone several renovation and
expansion projects. The most recently executed project added 98
ILUs, opened in January of 2020 and filled within the first six
months despite pandemic pressures. In addition, there have been
ongoing reconfigurations and renovations as part of Frasier's flood
recovery efforts. Management actively maintains the campus with
ongoing capital projects. Plans to renovate the healthcare center
are in development.

REVENUE DEFENSIBILITY

Frasier is a single-site provider in a minimally competitive
service area. Fitch views Frasier's robust demand as contributing
to strong revenue defensibility. Favorably, demand withstood
sectorwide downward pressure through the pandemic. Utilization in
the ILUs has been above 92% since 2017. ALUs and SNFs also show
good utilization, with occupancy above 90% since 2017. MCU
utilization has fluctuated from approximately 76%-100% over the
past several years.

Frasier has demonstrated stable occupancy over the past several
years. Despite the global pandemic in 2020, occupancy remained good
in the ILUs, at 92% with a waitlist of 360. In January 2020,
Frasier opened its 98-ILU expansion. It filled ahead of schedule,
with 89 move-ins in the first six months of the year.

With strong demand for its services, Frasier planned to expand its
healthcare center in 2020. These plans were halted to protect
residents and staff from coronavirus exposure. While Frasier still
intends to undergo healthcare renovations, the initial plan is
being altered to incorporate enhancements based on Frasier's
pandemic experience and possibly add more ILUs.

The service area in Boulder is strong. It is an affluent city with
a growing population and rising housing prices. Median household
income levels are well above the national average. According to
Zillow.com, property values in Boulder are well above the national
average and have grown by 6.3% in the last year. With the typical
home value around $844,000 and the highest entrance fee of
$782,000, Frasier has strong price flexibility.

OPERATING RISK

Frasier offers Type B contracts which require upfront entrance and
ongoing monthly fees. This contract includes moderate actuarial
risk and future service liability risk.

Frasier has a history of consistent cost management, with a
four-year average operating ratio of 108.2%, net operating margin
(NOM) of negative 3.2% and NOM-adjusted of 18%. Core operating
performance has remained relatively stable in 2020, with an
operating ratio of 113% and NOM of 3.8% through the six months
ended Dec. 31, 2020.

Frasier's capex averaged about 684% of depreciation over the prior
four years and is expected to remain elevated over the next few
years. Average age of plant is low at 6.9 years. Management planned
to renovate the healthcare center in 2020 but postponed
construction in order to reevaluate the plan and incorporate
insights gained from their successful infection containment and
mitigation during the pandemic. Additional ILUs are under
consideration as well.

Frasier's capital-related metrics are soft, with revenue-only MADS
coverage of 0.1x and debt-to-net available of 38.0x in 2020. MADS
represented an elevated 28% of 2020 revenues. Frasier is heavily
reliant on turnover entrance fees for timely payment of debt
service. This indicates additional debt may pressure Frasier's
rating.

FINANCIAL PROFILE

Fitch expects Frasier's key leverage metrics to remain consistent
with a 'BB+' rating throughout the current downward economic and
business cycle.

As of YE 2020, Frasier had unrestricted cash of approximately $47.4
million. This represented about 36% of total adjusted debt, which
includes approximately $131.7 million of long-term debt. Liquidity
has remained relatively stable yoy ranging from 31%-36%
cash-to-debt between 2018 and 2020.

Through Fitch's new baseline scenario, Fitch expects Frasier will
see improvement in MADS coverage while liquidity remains near
current levels. Liquidity growth is suppressed in the scenario due
to elevated planned capex. Fitch's baseline scenario assumes both a
significant economic stress to reflect equity volatility and a
business cycle stress to reflect pressure on net entrance fees
during the pandemic in year one, followed by a sharp increase in
MADS coverage through year five. Despite the stress, Frasier
maintains cash-to-adjusted debt levels that are consistent with the
'BB+' rating throughout Fitch's baseline forward-looking scenario
and remains resilient in Fitch's stress case scenario, which
assumes an even deeper economic and business cycle stress that
persists until 2022.

MADS coverage increases from 0.5x in year one of the baseline
scenario (equivalent to calendar-year 2020; it was at 0.4x as of
June 30, 2020), and steadily increases to 2.0x as revenue and net
entrance fees receipts increase from the 98 ILU expansion that
opened in January of 2020.

Frasier had 595 days cash on hand as of June 30, 2020, resulting in
a liquidity profile assessment that is neutral to the rating.

ASYMMETRIC ADDITIONAL RISK CONSIDERATIONS

No asymmetric risk considerations were relevant to the rating
determination.

ESG CONSIDERATIONS

Unless otherwise disclosed in this section, the highest level of
ESG credit relevance is a score of '3'. This means ESG issues are
credit-neutral or have only a minimal credit impact on the entity,
either due to their nature or the way in which they are being
managed by the entity.


FUTURUM COMMUNICATIONS: Seeks to Hire Hoff Law Offices as Counsel
-----------------------------------------------------------------
Futurum Communications Corporation seeks approval from the U.S.
Bankruptcy Court for the District of Colorado to employ Hoff Law
Offices, P.C. to handle its Chapter 11 case.

Hoff Law Offices will be paid at the rate of $400 per hour for
attorneys and $125 per hour for paralegals.  The firm will also be
reimbursed for out-of-pocket expenses incurred.

The retainer fee is $24,000.

Jessica Hoff, Esq., a partner at Hoff Law Offices, disclosed in a
court filing that the firm is a "disinterested person" as the term
is defined in Section 101(14) of the Bankruptcy Code.

The firm can be reached at:

     Jessica L. Hoff, Esq.
     Jessica L. Hoff of Hoff Law Offices, P.C.
     6400 S Fiddlers Green Cir #250,
     Greenwood Village, CO 80111 Tel:
     Tel: (720) 739-3599
     Email: jhoff@hofflawoffices.com

             About Futurum Communications Corporation

Futurum Communications Corporation -- https://forethought.net -- is
an independent locally owned internet, cloud and communications
service provider with offices in Denver, Grand Junction and
Durango, offering a portfolio of enterprise-level cloud hosting,
colocation, Internet, voice and data solutions.

Futurum Communications sought protection under Chapter 11 of the
Bankruptcy Code (Bankr. D. Colo. Case No. 21-11331) on March 21,
2021.  Jawaid Bazyar, president, signed the petition.  In the
petition, the Debtor disclosed assets of between $1 million and $10
million and liabilities of the same range.

Judge Kimberley H. Tyson oversees the case.

Jessica L. Hoff of Hoff Law Offices, P.C. is the Debtor's legal
counsel.


GENERAL MOTORS: Moody's Affirms Ba2 Rating on Preferred Stock
-------------------------------------------------------------
Moody's Investors Service affirmed all ratings for General Motors
Financial Company, Inc. (GMF) and its subsidiaries, including the
Baa3 long-term senior unsecured rating and the Prime-3 short-term
ratings. The outlook was changed to stable from negative.

The rating actions follow similar actions on the ratings for GMF's
parent, General Motors Company (GM, Baa3 senior unsecured, stable),
consistent with Moody's Methodology of Captive Finance Subsidiaries
of Nonfinancial Corporations. This is based on GMF's strategic
significance to its parent, Moody's expectation that GM would
support GMF, if required, as well as the explicit support agreement
in place between the two companies.

Affirmations:

Issuer: General Motors Financial Company, Inc.

Commercial Paper, Affirmed P-3

LT Issuer Rating, Affirmed Baa3

Senior Unsecured Medium-Term Note Program (Local Currency),
Affirmed (P)Baa3

Senior Unsecured Medium-Term Note Program (Foreign Currency),
Affirmed (P)Baa3

Pref. Stock, Affirmed Ba2

Senior Unsecured Regular Bond/Debenture (Local Currency), Affirmed
Baa3

Senior Unsecured Regular Bond/Debenture (Foreign Currency),
Affirmed Baa3

Backed Senior Unsecured Regular Bond/Debenture (Local Currency),
Affirmed Baa3

Backed Senior Unsecured Regular Bond/Debenture (Foreign Currency),
Affirmed Baa3

Pref. Shelf, Affirmed (P)Ba2

Senior Unsecured Shelf, Affirmed (P)Baa3

Subordinate Shelf, Affirmed (P)Ba1

Issuer: General Motors Financial of Canada, Ltd.

Backed Senior Unsecured Regular Bond/Debenture, Affirmed Baa3

Issuer: GMF Australia Pty Ltd

Backed Senior Unsecured Medium-Term Note Program, Affirmed
(P)Baa3

Issuer: General Motors Financial International BV

Backed Senior Unsecured Medium-Term Note Program, Affirmed
(P)Baa3

Outlook Actions:

Issuer: General Motors Financial Company, Inc.

Outlook, Changed To Stable From Negative

Issuer: General Motors Financial of Canada, Ltd.

Outlook, Changed To Stable From Negative

Issuer: General Motors Financial International BV

Outlook, Changed To Stable From Negative

RATINGS RATIONALE

The affirmation of GMF's ratings reflects Moody's unchanged
assessment of the company's ba3 standalone assessment and affiliate
support from GM.

GMF's ba3 standalone assessment is supported by the company's
adequate capital cushion that protects creditors against unexpected
losses, and good liquidity position. GMF's tangible equity to
tangible assets capital was 10.3% at December 31, 2020. Moody's
expect it will remain close to this level over the next 12-18
months as the company focuses on asset growth, while moderately
increasing the pace of capital distributions to the parent. Moody's
believes that net earning ending assets ($98.2 billion as of
December 31, 2020) will rise by approximately 3% in the next twelve
months. GMF has a sizeable lease portfolio making it vulnerable to
a rapid decline of used car prices. Moody's expects, however, that
used car prices will remain stable in 2021, benefiting from global
semiconductor shortage in the automotive industry.

Additional credit challenges for GMF include its exposure to the
performance trends of its parent and the company's significant use
of securitization, which Moody's believes will remain at historical
levels despite recent shift to more unsecured debt. A relatively
high use of securitization increases the amount of encumbered
assets, putting pressure on the company's alternate sources of
liquidity.

GMF's liquidity position is good and totaled $25.6 billion as at
December 31, 2020, comprising approximately $5.1 billion of cash,
$19 billion from committed asset backed facilities and $1.5 billion
available under other unsecured credit facilities.

FACTORS THAT COULD LEAD TO AN UPGRADE OR DOWNGRADE OF THE RATINGS

GMF's ratings could be upgraded if the ratings for its parent GM
are upgraded.

An unexpected and material decline in asset quality and
profitability, diminished liquidity, or leverage measured as
tangible common equity over tangible managed assets that declines
to less than 7% could lead to a lower standalone assessment for
GMF. GMF's ratings could be downgraded, following a downgrade of
the ratings for its parent GM.

The methodologies used in these ratings were Finance Companies
Methodology published in November 2019.

General Motors Financial Company, Inc. is a wholly-owned captive
finance subsidiary of General Motors Company and provides retail
and commercial auto finance products. GMF had a $98.2 billion
portfolio of finance receivables and operating leases as of 31
December 2020. GMF provides automobile finance solutions through
two segments: North America and International. The North American
segment offers both retail and commercial automobile finance
programs including full credit spectrum lending through
GM-franchised dealers. Retail finance comprises retail installment
contracts and operating lease contracts. Commercial lending
products include floorplan financing and dealer loans. The
International Segment focuses on financing new GM vehicles and
select used vehicles, in addition to commercial lending programs to
GM-Franchised dealers and their affiliates.


GOODYEAR TIRE: Fitch Rates $1BB 2031/2033 Unsecured Notes 'BB-'
---------------------------------------------------------------
Fitch Ratings has assigned a rating of 'BB-'/'RR4' to The Goodyear
Tire & Rubber Company's (GT) proposed issuance of $1 billion in
senior unsecured notes due 2031 and 2033. Proceeds from the notes
will be used to redeem GT's $1 billion in 5.125% senior unsecured
notes due 2023.

GT's Long-Term Issuer Default Rating (IDR) is 'BB-'; the rating
Outlook is Negative.

KEY RATING DRIVERS

Credit Profile Post CTB Acquisition: GT's ratings reflect Fitch's
expectation that the company's credit profile over the intermediate
term will fall within Fitch's ratings sensitivities, despite some
near-term pressure due to the Cooper Tire & Rubber Company (CTB)
acquisition and continued external challenges related to the
coronavirus pandemic. Supporting GT's ratings is its decision to
fund the acquisition with a combination of cash on hand, stock and
incremental borrowings. This, along with CTB's somewhat stronger
Standalone Credit Profile, results in a relatively modest
incremental weakening of GT's near-term credit profile compared
with Fitch's standalone expectations, with the potential for an
incrementally stronger credit profile in a few years once synergies
are achieved.

Negative Rating Outlook: The Negative Rating Outlook reflects
Fitch's concerns that incremental borrowing associated with the
acquisition and integration complexities could complicate GT's
ability to strengthen its credit profile while external market
conditions remain challenging. GT's FCF is likely to be negative in
2021 as the company replenishes inventories and spends on the capex
deferred from 2020.

The Negative Rating Outlook also reflects continued uncertainty
regarding the pace of recovery in the global tire market, following
the significant demand decline seen in 2020 as a result of the
pandemic. Fitch expects global tire demand to rebound significantly
in 2021 but to remain below 2019 levels, as ongoing global
shelter-in-place orders continue to weigh on vehicle miles
traveled. Fitch could downgrade GT's ratings if it appears that the
company's credit profile will remain outside of its negative rating
sensitivities beyond 2023. However, Fitch could revise the Outlook
to Stable if it appears the company is on track to improve margins,
FCF and leverage.

Elevated Leverage: Fitch expects GT's pro forma gross EBITDA
leverage, measured as debt/Fitch-calculated EBITDA, will be
elevated, likely in the mid-4.0x range, around the time of
acquisition close, but Fitch expects it to decline over the
intermediate term to below 4.0x as market conditions normalize and
GT realizes synergies from the acquisition. FFO leverage is likely
to be more elevated in the near term, partially due to lower FFO as
a result of about $175 million in rationalization payments in GT's
standalone business and additional cash costs associated with the
acquisition. Fitch expects FFO leverage to decline below the 4.5x
negative rating sensitivity, which depends on the pace of
improvement in GT's cash-generating capabilities.

Negative Near-Term FCF: Fitch expects GT's FCF will likely be
negative in 2021 as the company works to replenish its tire
inventories, which were depleted in 2020. Also, capex is likely to
be elevated as a result of spending deferred from 2020, and Fitch
expects there will be some incremental cash costs associated with
the CTB acquisition. Following 2021, Fitch expects GT's FCF to turn
positive as working capital and capex normalize, and as the company
begins to realize synergies from the acquisition. Fitch expects FCF
margins to run in the 1%-3% range in 2022 and beyond.

DERIVATION SUMMARY

Following the CTB acquisition, GT will have a relatively strong
competitive position as the third-largest global tire manufacturer,
with a highly recognized brand name and a focus on the
higher-margin high-value-added (HVA) tire category. However, the
shift in focus has led to lower tire unit volumes and revenue,
particularly in the mature North American and Western European
markets. The company's diversification is increasing as rising
incomes in emerging markets lead to higher demand for HVA tires,
particularly in the Asia-Pacific region.

GT's margins are roughly consistent with those of the other large
Fitch-rated tire manufacturers, Compagnie Generale des
Etablissements Michelin (A-/Stable) and Continental AG
(BBB/Stable), but GT's leverage is considerably higher, as the
other two companies generally maintain midcycle EBITDA leverage
below 1.0x. GT's leverage is roughly consistent with that of auto
suppliers in the 'BB' category, such as Meritor, Inc. (BB-/Stable).
GT's margins are relatively strong compared with typical
'BB'-category issuers, but this is tempered by seasonal working
capital swings that lead to more variability in FCF over the course
of a year. FCF margins are also sensitive to raw material prices
and capex spending.

KEY ASSUMPTIONS

Fitch's key assumptions within its rating case for the issuer
include:

-- GT closes on the CTB transaction 2H21.

-- About one-half of the $165 million in synergies are realized
    in 2022, with the remainder in 2023.

-- Global auto production rises by 6% in 2021, including an 8%
    increase in the U.S.

-- Global replacement tire demand largely recovers in 2021 but
    still remains below the 2019 level.

-- Beyond 2021, GT's sales grow in the low-single digits,
    excluding the effect of the CTB acquisition.

-- Capex is elevated in 2021, then runs near 5.5% over the next
    several years.

-- Debt, including off-balance sheet factoring, increases to
    about $8.7 billion in 2021, then declines toward $7.5 billion
    over the next several years.

-- FCF is negative in 2021, then runs in the 1%-3% range over the
    following years.

-- The company maintains a solid liquidity position, including
    cash and credit facility availability.

RATING SENSITIVITIES

Factors that could, individually or collectively, lead to positive
rating action/upgrade:

-- Demonstrating continued growth in tire unit volumes, market
    share and pricing.

-- Sustained FCF margins of 1.5%.

-- Sustained gross EBITDA leverage below 3.0x.

-- Sustained FFO leverage below 3.5x.

Factors that could, individually or collectively, lead to negative
rating action/downgrade:

-- Integration issues or unforeseen costs associated with the
    acquisition that inhibit the company's ability to bring its
    credit profile inside of its negative rating sensitivities
    within two years.

-- A significant step-down in demand for the company's tires
    without a commensurate decrease in costs.

-- An unexpected increase in costs, particularly related to raw
    materials, that cannot be offset with higher pricing.

-- A decline in the company's consolidated cash below $700
    million for several quarters.

-- Sustained break-even FCF margin.

-- Sustained gross EBITDA leverage above 4.0x.

-- Sustained FFO leverage above 4.5x.

BEST/WORST CASE RATING SCENARIO

International scale credit ratings of Non-Financial Corporate
issuers have a best-case rating upgrade scenario (defined as the
99th percentile of rating transitions, measured in a positive
direction) of three notches over a three-year rating horizon; and a
worst-case rating downgrade scenario (defined as the 99th
percentile of rating transitions, measured in a negative direction)
of four notches over three years. The complete span of best- and
worst-case scenario credit ratings for all rating categories ranges
from 'AAA' to 'D'. Best- and worst-case scenario credit ratings are
based on historical performance.

LIQUIDITY AND DEBT STRUCTURE

Adequate Liquidity: Fitch expects GT's liquidity to remain
sufficient as the company navigates improving economic conditions
following the pandemic. As of Dec. 31, 2020, the company had $1.5
billion in cash and cash equivalents, excluding Fitch's adjustments
for not readily available cash, and $3.9 billion in availability on
its various global credit agreements, including $2.5 billion of
availability on its primary U.S. and European revolvers. The most
significant near-term debt maturities are two series of senior
unsecured notes that come due in 2023, with about $1.3 billion in
principal outstanding. The proposed notes will refinance $1.0
billion of the 2023 maturities.

According to its criteria, Fitch treats $600 million of GT's cash
as not readily available, based on Fitch's estimate of the amount
of cash needed to cover seasonality in the company's business.

Debt Structure: GT's consolidated debt structure primarily consists
of a mix of secured bank credit facilities and senior unsecured
notes. As of Dec. 31, 2020, GT had $400 million in second-lien term
loan borrowings and $3.55 billion in senior unsecured notes
outstanding. There were no borrowings outstanding on GT's
first-lien secured revolver. Goodyear Europe B.V.'s (GEBV) debt
structure consisted of $307 million in senior unsecured notes and
$291 million of on-balance sheet accounts receivable securitization
borrowings. GEBV's secured revolver was also undrawn.

GT also has various borrowings outstanding at certain non-U.S.
operations, including credit facilities in Mexico and China.

In addition to its on-balance sheet debt, Fitch treated $451
million of off-balance sheet factoring as debt at Dec. 31, 2020.

ESG CONSIDERATIONS

Unless otherwise disclosed in this section, the highest level of
ESG credit relevance is a score of '3'. This means ESG issues are
credit-neutral or have only a minimal credit impact on the entity,
either due to their nature or the way in which they are being
managed by the entity.


GOODYEAR TIRE: Moody's Rates New $1BB Unsec. Guaranteed Notes 'B2'
------------------------------------------------------------------
Moody's Investors Service assigned a B2 rating to The Goodyear Tire
& Rubber Company's proposed $1 billion senior unsecured guaranteed
notes. Goodyear's existing ratings, including the B1 corporate
family rating, the B1-PD Probability of Default rating, the Ba2
senior secured second-lien term loan rating, the B2 senior
unsecured guaranteed notes rating and the B3 senior unsecured
unguaranteed notes rating, as well as Goodyear Europe B.V.'s senior
unsecured guaranteed notes rating of Ba3 are all unaffected. The
Speculative Grade Liquidity rating remains SGL-2. The outlook is
stable.

The proceeds from these notes are expected to be used to redeem the
existing senior unsecured guaranteed 5.125% notes due 2023.

RATINGS RATIONALE

Goodyear's ratings reflect its strong global position as a
manufacturer of aftermarket and original equipment tires supported
by a leading market share position in North America, good scale and
growth in higher-margin 17-inch and larger tires. The acquisitino
of Cooper Tire & Rubber Company (Cooper Tire) strengthens
Goodyear's US replacement tire position while also meaningfully
boosting the original equipment tire business in China where demand
is accelerating. The acquisition increases pro forma debt-to-EBITDA
(including Moody's standard adjustments) towards 6x but should
result in annual free cash flow of over $200 million for
accelerated debt repayments. As a result, Moody's expects
debt-to-EBITDA to fall towards 4x by year-end 2022. The EBITA
margin is expected to rebound sharply in 2021 and resume growth in
2022 as continued cost savings and distribution synergies gain
traction.

The stable outlook reflects Moody's expectations for industry tire
volumes to continue rebounding through 2021, leading to improved
cost absorption and margins. The combined entity should generate
strong cash flow sufficient to fund growth investments and debt
repayment while maintaining a sizable cash position and modest
reliance on revolving credit facilities.

Goodyear's SGL-2 Speculative Grade Liquidity Rating is supported by
Moody's expectation for maintenance of a robust cash position ($1.5
billion at December 31, 2020) and significant availability under
various revolving credit facilities. At year-end 2020, the company
had over $1.5 billion of availability (zero drawn) under its $2
billion asset-based lending facility (ABL) expiring 2025 and full
availability under the EUR800 million revolving credit facility set
to expire 2024. Moody's expects free cash flow, including Cooper
Tire's accretive free cash flow profile, to comfortably exceed $200
million even with higher growth investments in working capital and
capital expenditures.

Moody's took the following rating action on Goodyear Tire & Rubber
Company (The):

New Gtd. Senior Unsecured Regular Bond/Debenture, assigned at B2
(LGD4)

Adjustments:

Goodyear Europe B.V.

LGD Adjustment Gtd. Senior Unsecured Ba3 (to LGD3 from LGD2)

FACTORS THAT COULD LEAD TO AN UPGRADE OR DOWNGRADE OF THE RATINGS

The ratings could be upgraded with improving margins, boosted by
better than anticipated savings/synergies from the acquisition. The
expectation that meaningful, positive free cash flow will be used
for debt reduction such that debt-to-EBITDA falls to the mid-3x
range or EBITA-to-interest eclipses 3x could also warrant positive
rating action. Ratings could be downgraded if the EBITA margin
declines to the mid-5x range, free cash flow falls well shy of
Moody's expected level or debt-to-EBITDA approaches 6x.
EBITA-to-interest below 2.5x could also result in a downgrade.
Ratings pressure could also arise from a meaningful decline in
liquidity, including increased reliance on revolving credit
facilities.

Goodyear's role within the automotive industry exposes the company
to material environmental risks arising from increasing regulations
on carbon emissions. As automotive manufacturers seek to introduce
more electrified powertrains, traditional internal combustion
engines will become a smaller portion of the car parc. Electric and
battery electric vehicles are heavier, requiring tires to handle
the increase in weight while tasking tire manufacturers to conserve
raw materials with greater durability.

The principal methodology used in this rating was Automotive
Supplier Methodology published in January 2020.

The Goodyear Tire & Rubber Company is one of the largest tire
manufacturers in the world. Revenues for the year ended December
31, 2020 were approximately $12 billion. Pro forma revenues
including Cooper Tire are expected to be nearly $15 billion.


GREAT AMERICAN: Seeks to Hire Patrick Law Offices as Legal Counsel
------------------------------------------------------------------
Great American Treating, Inc. seeks approval from the U.S.
Bankruptcy Court for the Eastern District of Texas to employ
Patrick Law Offices as legal counsel in its Chapter 11 case.

The firm will be paid at these rates:

     Attorneys      $300 per hour
     Paralegals     $75 per hour

The firm will also be reimbursed for out-of-pocket expenses
incurred.

The retainer fee is $21,700.

Glen Patrick, Esq., a partner at Patrick Law Offices, disclosed in
a court filing that the firm is a "disinterested person" as the
term is defined in Section 101(14) of the Bankruptcy Code.

The firm can be reached at:

     Glen E. Patrick, Esq.
     Patrick Law Offices
     2495 S. Main St.
     Lindale, TX 75771
     Tel: (903) 882-6173
     Email: sherry@patricklawoffices.com

                   About Great American Treating

Great American Treating, Inc. filed a Chapter 11 bankruptcy
petition (Bankr. E.D. Texas Case No. 21-60078) on March 4, 2021,
disclosing under $1 million in both assets and liabilities.  The
Debtor is represented by Patrick Law Offices.


GREYLOCK CAPITAL: Asks Court to Dismiss Chapter 11 Case
-------------------------------------------------------
Leslie A. Pappas of Bloomberg Law reports that the corporate parent
of Greylock Capital Management LLC is asking to dismiss its Chapter
11 case after a federal bankruptcy watchdog challenged the
multi-million dollar hedge fund's use of a streamlined process
reserved for small businesses.

Dismissing the case would "obviate the need for a contested matter"
with the Justice Department's U.S. Trustee's Office, Greylock
Capital Associates LLC said Tuesday, March 31, 2021, in a court
filing.

The U.S. Trustee last week said it planned to challenge Greylock's
filing under Subchapter V of the bankruptcy code, which is
available to companies with up to $7.5 million in debt.

                     About Greylock Capital

Greylock Capital Associates, LLC, is the parent of Greylock Capital
Management, LLC, an SEC-registered alternative investment advisor,
that advises pooled vehicles and separate accounts for
institutional and high net worth investors.  The business was
founded in 2004, and its primary investment focus has been
distressed debt and sovereign debt restructurings.

Greylock Capital Associates sought Chapter 11 protection (Bankr.
S.D.N.Y. Case No. 21-22063) on Jan. 31, 2021.  The petition was
signed by CEO and Chief Investment Officer Willem Humes.

The Debtor was estimated to have $1 million to $10 million in
assets and liabilities as of the bankruptcy filing.

The Hon. Robert D. Drain is the case judge.

AMINI LLC, led by Jeffery Chubak, is the Debtor's bankruptcy
attorney.


GRIDDY ENERGY: Resists Customers' Bid for Official Committee
------------------------------------------------------------
Law360 reports that Texas electricity provider Griddy Energy LLC
objected Wednesday, March 31, 2021, to a motion from a group of its
customers to have two committees appointed in the company's Chapter
11 case, saying it would add significant cost to the Chapter 11
case and eat into recoveries for creditors.

In its filing, Griddy argued that creating a customers committee
and a committee of disputed tort claimants doesn't make sense in
this case because it would cost a lot of money the estate doesn't
really have and would negatively impact all parties involved.

                     About Griddy Energy

California startup Griddy Energy is an American power retailer that
formerly sold energy to people in the state of Texas at wholesale
prices for a $9.99 monthly membership fee and had approximately
29,000 members. Griddy was a feature of Texas' unusual, deregulated
system for electric power.  The vast majority of Texans -- and
Americans -- pay a fixed rate for electric power and get
predictable monthly bills. However, Griddy works by connecting
customers to the wholesale market for electricity, which can change
by the minute and is more volatile, for a monthly fee of $9.99.

During February 2021's winter storm in Texas, power generators
failed and demand for heating shot up. In response, ERCOT raised
the price of electricity to the legal limit of $9 per kilowatt-hour
and kept it there for several days. Griddy customers who didn't
lose power were hit with massive electric bills that were
auto-debited from their bank accounts.

State grid operator ERCOT at the end of February 2020 cut off the
Griddy's access to customers for unpaid bills following the Texas
freeze. The Texas attorney general also said it is suing Griddy,
saying it engaged in deceptive trade practices by issuing excessive
bills.

Griddy Energy filed a chapter 11 bankruptcy petition (Bankr. S.D.
Tex. Case No. 21-30923) on March 15, 2021.

Griddy estimated $1 million to $10 million in assets and $10
million to $50 million in liabilities as of the bankruptcy filing.

Griddy is represented by Baker Botts LLP as legal counsel. Griddy
is represented by Crestline Solutions, LLC and Scott Pllc as public
affairs advisors. Stretto is the claims agent.


GTT COMMUNICATIONS: Note Forbearance, Loan Extended to April 15,202
-------------------------------------------------------------------
GTT Communications said in a regulatory filing that it extended its
forbearance agreement with credit facility lenders and noteholders
to April 15, 2021.

On March 29, 2021, the Company and the guarantors under the
Indenture, dated as of December 22, 2016, by and between the
Company, as successor by merger to GTT Escrow Corporation, and
Wilmington Trust, National Association, as Trustee, entered into a
First Amendment to the Noteholder Forbearance Agreement with
certain beneficial owners of a majority of the outstanding
aggregate principal amount of the Company’s outstanding 7.875%
Senior Notes due 2024 (the "Notes").

Also on March 29, 2021, the Company and GTT B.V. entered into a
Third Lender Forbearance Agreement and Amendment No. 5 to Credit
Agreement and Consent to that certain Credit Agreement, dated as of
May 31, 2018, by and among the Company and GTT B.V., as borrowers,
KeyBank National Association, as administrative agent and letter of
credit issuer (the "Agent"), and the lenders and other financial
institutions party thereto from time to time, with the other credit
parties party thereto, the lenders party thereto holding (1) a
majority of the outstanding loans and revolving commitments under
the Credit Agreement ("Required Lenders") and (2) a majority of the
revolving commitments under the Credit Agreement ("Required
Revolving Lenders") and the Agent.

The forbearance was previously set to expire on March 31, 2021.
GTT also paid fees and expenses of certain advisers to the lender
group and its loan agent, the filing said.

The company is currently negotiating with stakeholders around a
deleveraging plan, which could include filing for bankruptcy after
the close of its infrastructure unit sale, Bloomberg News
previously reported.

                    About GTT Communications

Headquartered in McLean, Virginia, GTT Communications, Inc. --
http://www.gtt.net/-- owns and operates a global Tier 1 internet
network and provides a comprehensive suite of cloud networking
services.

                          *    *    *

As reported by the TCR on March 1, 2021, S&P Global Ratings lowered
all of its ratings on U.S.-based internet protocol network operator
GTT Communications Inc. by one notch, including its issuer credit
rating, to 'CCC-' from 'CCC', to reflect the increased likelihood
of a default or distressed exchange over the next six months.  

In December 2020, Moody's Investors Service downgraded GTT
Communications, Inc's corporate family rating to Caa2 from B3. The
downgrade reflects the continued delays in the company reaching an
agreement with its lenders over a long-term cure of its reporting
requirements which GTT is in breach of due to recently discovered
accounting issues which have led to the company being unable to
file its Q2 and Q3 financial reports.


HENRY FORD VILLAGE: Med Healthcare Has $69M Opening Bid
-------------------------------------------------------
Chuck Sudo of Senior Housing News reports that Henry Ford Village
announced that it agreed to a $69 million stalking horse bid -- a
move which signals a potential exit from Chapter 11 bankruptcy
protection for the 1,038-bed nonprofit continuing care retirement
community (CCRC) in Dearborn, Michigan.

The bidder is MED Healthcare Partners, a provider of assisted
living, skilled nursing services and rehabilitation services with a
portfolio of over 150 skilled nursing facilities, 20 assisted
living and memory care communities, and five CCRCs in 20 states.
The firm is headed by Ephram "Mordy" Lahasky of Hewlett, New York.

HFV filed for Chapter 11 bankruptcy protection in November of 2020.
Filing documents listed a litany of challenges the CCRC faced over
the years including increased competition, the 2008 housing crisis
and Great Recession, and the bankruptcies of nearby General Motors
and Chrysler which adversely impacted the number of seniors able to
sell their homes to finance a move to the campus, located on the
site of automaker Henry Ford’s birthplace.

A 2014 class action lawsuit resulted in a settlement agreement in
2019, where HFV and other defendants agreed to pay $800,000. A
possible refinancing of the community's debt last year was derailed
by the coronavirus pandemic, which also placed further pressures on
operational costs and occupancy. The CCRC filed a motion seeking
relief from the class action settlement last October. The court
rejected the motion, leading HFV to file for bankruptcy.

A stalking horse bid is the initial bid on the assets of a bankrupt
asset, effectively establishing a low-end bidding floor once the
building goes up for auction and ensuring that bidders cannot
underbid the purchase price. By setting the bidding floor, the
bankrupt asset seeks to realize a higher profit at auction.

Other buyers can submit competing offers, but by placing the
stalking horse bid, the bidder is granted certain incentives
including expense reimbursement, breakup fees, exclusivity for a
set period of time, negotiate the terms of an acquisition and
choose what parts of a bankrupt asset it wishes to buy.

Moreover, the stalking horse bidder can negotiate bidding options
that discourage competitors from bidding.

MED Healthcare Partners is no stranger to stalking horse bids. In
February 2020, the firm entered a stalking horse agreement for
Mount Royal Towers, a CCRC in Birmingham, Alabama.

"We're pleased to establish a solid baseline bid at this stage of
our restructuring as we move our community forward towards
successfully emerging bankruptcy in a manner that maintains the
health, safety and lifestyle of our residents for years to come,"
HFV Chief Restructuring Officer Chad Shandler said in a statement.

                   About Henry Ford Village

Henry Ford Village, Inc., is a non-profit, non-stock corporation
established to operate a continuing care retirement community
located at 15101 Ford Road, Dearborn, Mich.  It provides senior
living services comprised of 853 independent living units, 96
assisted living units and 89 skilled nursing beds.

Henry Ford Village sought Chapter 11 protection (Bankr. E.D. Mich.
Case No. 20-51066) on Oct. 28, 2020.  In the petition signed by CRO
Chad Shandler, Henry Ford Village was estimated to have $50 million
to $100 million in assets and $100 million to $500 million in
liabilities.

The Hon. Mark A. Randon is the case judge.

The Debtor has tapped Dykema Gossett PLLC as its legal counsel and
FTI Consulting, Inc., as its financial advisor.  Kurzman Carson
Consultants, LLC, is the claims agent.


HOPLITE INC: Case Summary & 11 Unsecured Creditors
--------------------------------------------------
Debtor: Hoplite, Inc.
        506 N Croft Ave
        Los Angeles, CA 90048-2511

Chapter 11 Petition Date: April 1, 2021

Court: United States Bankruptcy Court
       Central District of California

Case No.: 21-12663

Judge: Hon. Sheri Bluebond

Debtor's Counsel: Richard Baum, Esq.
                  LAW OFFICES OF RICHARD T BAUM
                  11500 W Olympic Blvd Ste 400
                  Los Angeles, CA 90064-1525
                  Tel: (310) 277-2040
                  Fax: (310) 286-9525

Estimated Assets: $0 to $50,000

Estimated Liabilities: $10 million to $50 million

The petition was signed by Jon Smith, president.

A copy of the petition containing, among other items, a list of the
Debtor's 11 unsecured creditors is available for free at
PacerMonitor.com at:

https://www.pacermonitor.com/view/PXV5EBY/Hoplite_Inc__cacbke-21-12663__0001.0.pdf?mcid=tGE4TAMA


HOWARD HUGHES: Moody's Affirms Ba2 CFR on Continued Improvement
---------------------------------------------------------------
Moody's Investors Service affirmed The Howard Hughes Corporation's
Ba2 Corporate Family Rating, Ba2-PD Probability of Default Rating,
and Ba3 ratings on the company's senior unsecured notes. The
outlook remains stable. In addition, Moody's maintained the
company's Speculative Grade Liquidity Rating at SGL-3.

"The affirmation of the ratings reflects Moody's expectation for
continued improvement in Howard Hughes' operating fundamentals, its
strategic and valuable land portfolio, and sizable cash position,"
said Emile El Nems, a Moody's VP-Senior Analyst. "In addition, over
the past year, The Howard Hughes management team has effectively
balanced the interests of creditors with the interest of its
shareholders by materially improving its liquidity by issuing
equity, investing in the business, and pushing out debt
maturities."

Affirmations:

Issuer: Howard Hughes Corporation (The)

Corporate Family Rating, Affirmed Ba2

Probability of Default Rating, Affirmed Ba2-PD

Senior Unsecured Notes, Affirmed Ba3 (LGD5)

Outlook Actions:

Issuer: Howard Hughes Corporation (The)

Outlook, Remains Stable

RATINGS RATIONALE

Howard Hughes' Ba2 corporate family rating reflects the company's
position as a leading US homebuilder with a diversified portfolio
of assets and growing profitability from income producing
properties. In addition, Moody's credit rating is supported by more
than $3.7 billion in book equity and a valuable land portfolio
located in some of the most desirable metropolitan areas in the US.
At the same time, Moody's rating takes into consideration the
company's high debt leverage, revenue volatility and risks
associated with its commercial real estate business.

The stable outlook reflects Moody's expectation that the company
will maintain a prudent approach to its balance sheet management
and liquidity profile, and materially grow revenue and
profitability this year and next. This is largely driven by Moody's
views that the US economy will improve sequentially and that the US
construction industry will remain stable and supportive of the
company's underlying growth drivers.

Howard Hughes' SGL-3 Speculative Grade Liquidity rating reflects
Moody's expectation of an adequate liquidity profile over the next
12 to 18 months. At December 31, 2020, the company had more than $1
billion in cash.

FACTORS THAT COULD LEAD TO AN UPGRADE OR DOWNGRADE OF THE RATINGS

The ratings could be upgraded if:

Adjusted total-debt-to capitalization is below 40% for a sustained
period of time

EBITDA-to-interest expense is approaching 4.0x

If the company improves its free cash flow and liquidity profile

The ratings could be downgraded if:

Adjusted total-debt-to capitalization is above 55% for a sustained
period of time

EBITDA-to-interest expense is below 2.0x for a sustained period of
time

The company's liquidity profile deteriorates

The principal methodology used in these ratings was Homebuilding
And Property Development Industry published in January 2018.

Headquartered in Houston, Texas, The Howard Hughes Corporation was
spun off from General Growth Properties in November 2010. The
company operates in three different segments: lot sales to
homebuilders from its own master planned communities (MPC); rental
and other income from developed mixed use properties (referred to
as the Operating Assets segment); and Strategic Developments, which
include mixed use properties held for future development and
redevelopment.


HUNT COMPANIES: Moody's Assigns B2 CFR, Outlook Stable
------------------------------------------------------
Moody's Investors Service affirmed Hunt Companies, Inc.'s B2 senior
secured note. Moody's also assigned a B2 to its corporate family
rating and its new B2 senior secured note of $635 million due in
2029, which is currently being marketed. The rating outlook is
stable.

The following rating was affirmed:

Issuer: Hunt Companies, Inc.

Senior secured note at B2

The following rating was assigned:

Issuer: Hunt Companies, Inc.

Corporate family rating at B2

$635 million senior secured note at B2

Outlook Action:

Issuer: Hunt Companies, Inc.

Rating Outlook is stable

RATINGS RATIONALE

Hunt's B2 senior secured debt rating reflects its opportunistic
growth strategy and the inherent risk in its cash flow generation -
an income stream from highly levered diversified commercial real
estate and financial services businesses coupled with the
integration of newly acquired and recently expanded significant
strategic initiatives. The continued capital events mask historical
performance, impact earnings visibility and create significant
volatility in revenues and earnings. The rating also takes into
account Hunt's very complex organizational structure.

Leverage, including effective leverage remains high. Hunt's net
debt to EBITDA and total debt plus preferred to gross assets were
13.7x and 71.1%, respectively at Q3 2020. Secured debt to gross
assets was very high at 69%, reflecting Hunt's secured financing
strategy with a nearly fully encumbered portfolio, which decreases
its financial flexibility. Moreover, Hunt's access to capital is
considered weak, reflecting the firm's credit profile and limited
track record in the broader capital markets.

Moody's expects Hunt to use the net proceeds from the new senior
secured note to redeem the existing $600 million senior secured
note due in 2026, with the excess cash used for general corporate
purpose. Positively, the refinancing of the senior secure note will
extend the debt maturity to 2029 from 2026. Pro-forma for the new
$635 million senior secured note, Moody's expects Hunt's leverage
and fixed charge coverage to remain near the current level as the
modestly higher debt balance will be offset by the additional cash
on hand from the refinancing and the anticipated lower interest
rate on the new debt. At Q3 2020, Hunt's fixed charge coverage was
1.4x. However, Moody's expects Hunt to operate between 1.5x to 2.0x
on a sustained basis.

Hunt's liquidity position reflects its limited sources and a fully
encumbered pool of assets. However, as of September 30, 2020, the
firm had approximately $335 million in cash and cash equivalents,
of which nearly $206 million is from unrestricted subsidiaries.
Hunt also has a $50 million revolving credit facility, which as of
3Q20 was fully available and has access to an additional $35
million credit facility ($25 million available as of September
30,2020) from one of its subsidiaries (Hunt Communities). The
firm's debt maturities are manageable over the next 12 months.

The stable rating outlook incorporates Moody's expectations that
Hunt will be managed with a leverage profile commensurate with B2
peers, while recurring EBITDA excluding non-cash and non-recurring
items will continue to cover interest expense at 1.4x or higher and
that the recent capital investments will result in increasing
earnings stability and modestly reduce leverage.

FACTORS THAT COULD LEAD TO AN UPGRADE OR DOWNGRADE OF THE RATINGS

A future rating upgrade for Hunt would be predicated on greater
visibility and predictability of recurring earnings. The upgrade
would also require unencumbered assets greater than 20% of total
assets, a fixed charge coverage ratio consistently above 1.6x
(excluding non-cash and non-recurring items), Net Debt/Recurring
EBITDA consistently below 10x, and secured debt level less than 50%
of gross assets. Growth in existing or synergistic businesses,
which improves the scale and profitability of the company's
operations could also be viewed positively.

Moody's could downgrade Hunt if its fixed charge ratio falls below
1.4x (excluding non-cash and non-recurring items), Net
Debt/Recurring EBITDA consistently above 15x or a significant
deterioration in the performance or outlook of any one of the
company's core businesses.

The principal methodology used in these ratings was REITs and Other
Commercial Real Estate Firms published in September 2018.

Founded in 1947, Hunt Companies, Inc. is a privately owned company
headquartered in El Paso, Texas. At September 30, 2020, the company
reported - including consolidated non-controlling interests - total
assets of $4.9 billion and total equity of $341.5 million.


HUNTER FAN: Moody's Assigns 'B2' CFR & First Lien Debt 'B2'
-----------------------------------------------------------
Moody's Investors Service assigned ratings to Hunter Fan Company,
including a B2 Corporate Family Rating and a B2-PD Probability of
Default Rating. Concurrently, Moody's assigned a B2 rating to the
company's proposed senior secured first lien credit facilities,
consisting of a proposed $33 million first lien revolver due 2026
and a $425 million first lien term loan due 2028. The outlook is
stable.

Net proceeds from the proposed $425 million term loan, after paying
fees and expenses, are expected to be used to refinance
approximately $327 million of existing debt, and to pay an $85
million dividend distribution to shareholders.

All ratings are subject to Moody's final review of the
documentation.

Reinstatements:

Issuer: Hunter Fan Company

Probability of Default Rating, Reinstated to B2-PD

Corporate Family Rating, Reinstated to B2

New Assignments:

Issuer: Hunter Fan Company

Senior Secured 1st Lien Revolving Credit Facility, Assigned B2
(LGD3)

Senior Secured 1st Lien Term Loan, Assigned B2 (LGD3)

Outlook Actions:

Issuer: Hunter Fan Company

Outlook, Reinstated To Stable From Rating Withdrawn

RATINGS RATIONALE

Hunter Fan's B2 CFR broadly reflects its strong market position in
the residential ceiling fan category, aided by its over 135 year
history tempered by an aggressive financial policy. The company
benefits from long-standing relationships with its key retail
partners and its growing ecommerce business. Demand for the
company's products was very strong for most of 2020, driven by
consumers' increased spending in their homes and accelerated shift
to online shopping due to the coronavirus outbreak. Moody's expects
consumer demand will continue to be elevated at least through the
first half of 2021, supported by a solid US housing market, and the
company is well positioned to continue benefiting from the shift in
consumer spending to online. Hunter Fan's asset light business
model and sizable ecommerce business, which carries higher margin
than in-store sales, supports its relatively strong EBIT margin and
interest coverage, and results in positive free cash flow
generation. The company's good liquidity reflects Moody's
expectations for positive free cash flow in the $35-$40 million
range over the next 12-18 months, access to a $33 million revolver
expiring in 2026, and lack of meaningful debt maturities until
before the revolver expires.

Hunter Fan's credit profile also reflects its high financial
leverage with debt/EBITDA at around 4.8x as of the last twelve
months period (LTM) ending January 31, 2021, and pro forma for the
proposed transaction. The company is relatively small with revenue
of $361 million, and has a narrow product focus with the vast
majority of revenue related to the sales of residential ceiling
fans. Hunter Fan is exposed to the cyclical US housing market and
economic downturns given the discretionary nature of its products.
Moody's expects elevated demand because of increased spending on
home-related products during the pandemic to moderate along with a
recovery in the economy since some spending will shift back to
items such as travel. Moody's also believes growth prospects for
ceiling fans are moderate. The company has high customer
concentration with its to 5 customers representing about three
quarters of annual revenue, and its cash flows are highly seasonal,
centered around the summer months. The company outsources the
majority of its manufacturing to a single vendor in China, exposing
its supply chain to potential issues affecting the region as well
as trade factors such as tariffs.

The B2 rating assigned to the company's proposed senior secured
first lien credit facilities, the same as the CFR, reflects that
these facilities represent the preponderance of the company's
capital structure.

The coronavirus outbreak, the government measures put in place to
contain it, and the weak global economic outlook continue to
disrupt economies and credit markets across sectors and regions.
Moody's analysis has considered the effect on the performance of
Hunter Fan from the current weak US economic activity and a gradual
recovery for the coming months. Although an economic recovery is
underway, it is tenuous, and its continuation will be closely tied
to containment of the virus. As a result, the degree of uncertainty
around our forecasts is unusually high. Moody's regards the
coronavirus outbreak as a social risk under its ESG framework,
given the substantial implications for public health and safety.
The consumer durables industry is one of the sectors most
meaningfully affected by the coronavirus because of exposure to
discretionary spending.

Environmental considerations include responsible land, water and
energy usage in manufacturing. Factors such as responsible sourcing
help protect Hunter Fan's brand image and valuable relationships
with its retail partners.

Governance factors primarily relate to the company's aggressive
financial policies under private equity ownership, including high
financial leverage and its history of debt financed shareholder
distributions. The proposed dividend is the third distribution
since November 2019, with the $234 million total amount
representing more than half of the company's debt.

FACTORS THAT COULD LEAD TO AN UPGRADE OR DOWNGRADE OF THE RATINGS

The stable outlook reflects Moody's expectations that continued
good consumer demand for the company's products will support stable
revenue and earnings over the next 12-18 months, resulting in good
free cash flow generation of $35-40 million. The stable outlook
also reflects Moody's expectations that the company will maintain
at least good liquidity.

Ratings could be upgraded if the company profitably increases its
revenue scale, maintains debt/EBITDA below 4.0x and free cash
flow/debt percentage in the high single digits. A ratings upgrade
would also require the company maintaining at least good liquidity,
and Moody's expectations of balanced financial policies that
support credit metrics at those levels.

Ratings could be downgraded if revenue or profit margin
deteriorates, or if debt/EBITDA is sustained above 5.5x. Ratings
could also be downgraded if liquidity deteriorates highlighted by
negative to modest free cash flow generation on an annual basis or
increased reliance on the revolver facility, or if the company
completes a debt financed acquisition or shareholder distribution
that materially increases leverage.

The proposed first lien credit agreement contains provisions for
incremental debt capacity up to the greater of $75.0 million and
75% of consolidated pro forma trailing four quarter consolidated
EBITDA, plus additional amounts subject to a pro forma first lien
secured net leverage requirement not to exceed first lien net
leverage at close (if pari passu secured). The incremental can also
be used to finance a permitted acquisition or investment, with a
requirement not to increase first lien net leverage on a pro forma
basis. No portion of the incremental term loans may be incurred
with an earlier maturity date than the initial term loans. Moody's
estimates the incremental first lien net leverage that the company
can incur at closing adds about 1.0x of first lien net leverage.
Non-wholly-owned subsidiaries are not required to provide
guarantees; dividends or transfers resulting in partial ownership
of subsidiary guarantors could jeopardize guarantees subject to
protective provisions which only permit guarantee releases in
connection with bona fide transactions with third parties. The
credit agreement permits the transfer of assets to unrestricted
subsidiaries, up to the carve-out capacities, subject to "blocker"
provisions preventing unrestricted subsidiaries from owning or
holding exclusive rights in intellectual property that is material
to the business of the company and its restricted subsidiaries,
other than in connection with certain bona fide business purpose
transactions. In addition, the asset-sale proceeds prepayment
requirement has no ratio based step-downs, with the right to
reinvest or commit to reinvest within 12 months. The proposed terms
and the final terms of the credit agreement can be materially
different.

Headquartered in Memphis, TN, Hunter Fan is a leading designer and
distributor of branded residential and commercial ceiling fans, and
residential lighting. Since 2007, the company is majority owned by
MidOcean Partners. Revenue for the last twelve months period (LTM)
ending January 31, 2021 is $361 million.

The principal methodology used in these ratings was Consumer
Durables Industry published in April 2017.


HYDRX FARMS: Cannabis Producer Starts CCAA Proceedings
------------------------------------------------------
Hydrx Farms Ltd. and affiliates Cannscience Innovations Inc. and
Scientus Pharma Inc., commenced court-supervised restructuring
proceedings under the Companies' Creditors Arrangement Act.  

Schwartz Levitsky Feldman Inc. was appointed monitor of the
Companies pursuant to the initial order of the Ontario Superior
Court of Justice dated March 22, 2021.

The Initial Order granted a stay of proceedings until March 31,
2021.

According to the Monitor's first report, to date, Hydrx has
accumulated losses in excess of CA$55,000,000, and its operations
are basically shut down due to liquidity problems.  Hydrx is unable
to process inventory, pay suppliers or commit to new sales
contracts without an immediate cash injection.

All of Hydrx's employees have been laid off (the majority were laid
off in March 2020) and only a few consultants (from FRC's Canntab
Therapeutics Limited) remain with the company to maintain the
company's license and standing with Health Canada.

Hydrx currently owes CA$2,300,000 to a number of suppliers and
third-party service providers.

In addition, Hydrx was and remains unable to repay the secured
debenture from Aphria Inc.  In August 2017, Hydrx financed its
operations through the issuance of a convertible debenture from
Aphria Inc. for CA$11,500,000 and the issuance of shares to raise
in excess of CA$86,000,000.

After July 2020, World Class Extractions ("WCE"), a public company
specializing in extraction technologies in the cannabis industry,
and exempt market dealer First Republic Capital Corp. ("FRC")
purchased and took an assignment of the Aphria Secured Debenture
for CA$5,000,000 through a company called Cobra Ventures Inc.  In
December 2020, Cobra made a formal demand on Hydrx for the
repayment of the Aphria Secured Debenture and issued a Notice of
Intention to enforce its security under Subsection 244(1) of the
Bankruptcy and Insolvency Act.  

Copies of the initial order and other related documents in
connection with the CCAA proceedings have been posted on the
Monitor's Web site at: http://www.slfinc.ca/corporate/engagements/

The Monitor can be reached at:

        Schwartz Levitsky Feldman Inc.
        Attn: Alan Page
        2300 Yonge Street, Suite 1500
        Toronto, Ontario M4P 1E4
        Tel: 416-785-5353
        Email: Alan.page@slf.ca

The Monitor has retained independent counsel:

        PALIARE ROLAND ROSENBERG ROTHSTEIN LLP

The Companies retained as counsel:

        Minden Gross LLP
        2200 - 145 King Street West
        Toronto, Ontario M5H 4G2

        Raymon M. Slattery
        Tel: 416-369-4149
        E-mail: rslattery@mindengross.com

        Sepideh Nassabi
        Tel: 416-369-4323
        E-mail: snassabi@mindengross.com

                       About Hydrx Farms

Hydrx Farms Ltd. -- https://hydrx.ca/ -- is a vertically-integrated
biopharmaceutical company focusing to develop and commercialize
pharmaceutical-grade cannabinoid derivative products.

Hydrx operates out of a 46,000 square foot facility which it owns
at 1130 Champlain Court, Whitby, Ontario.

Canada's The Cannabis Act regulates the possession, cultivation,
production, distribution, sale, research, testing, import and
export, and promotion of cannabis-based products.  Hydrx was
approved by Health Canada for Controlled Dry Substances Licensed
Dealer in October 2016 and subsequently received a Licensed Product
Cultivation License in September of 2017 which was subsequently
amended to include, among other things:

   (i) cultivation;
  (ii) the sale of dried flowers;
(iii) the processing of capsules and oils; and
  (iv) the sale of captures and oils; and
   (v) the processing and sale of edibles and extracts.


II-VI INC: Fitch Puts 'BB' LongTerm IDR on Watch Negative
---------------------------------------------------------
Fitch Ratings has placed II-VI Inc.'s 'BB' Long-Term Issuer Default
Rating (IDR), 'BB+'/'RR1' senior secured and 'BB'/'RR4' senior
unsecured rating on Rating Watch Negative. The Negative Watch
reflects the potential Fitch will affirm or downgrade the company's
ratings following receipt of detailed capital structure and
operating plans for the company's planned $7.1 billion acquisition
of Coherent, Inc. Pro forma total leverage could be as high as 8.0x
excluding $1.5 billion committed from Bain Capital or the optional
$650 million additional investment and synergies. II-VI's LTM Dec.
31, 2020 leverage was 2.2x, below Fitch's 2.5x-3.5x gross leverage
sensitivities, reflecting the company's 1Q21 equity and preferred
stock raise and subsequent repayment of Finisar acquisition debt.
II-VI has committed to achieving 3.0x gross leverage within two
years of the transaction close and the optional commitment may help
achieve this target. The company also may raise equity financing as
it did in 2020 to further reduce leverage.

KEY RATING DRIVERS

Compelling Combination: The combination of II-VI and Coherent will
improve II-VI's end-market diversification, which had become
concentrated in communications applications following the Finisar
merger. Communications revenue will decrease from 68% LTM Dec. 31,
2020 to 48%, driven by 3-8 percentage point increases in life
sciences, materials processing and semicap end-market applications.
Greater diversification should reduce earnings volatility and
de-risk the revenue base relative to specific product and
end-market cycles. The combined entity will enjoy scale that is
approximately 1.5x to 3.5x greater than its principal competitors.
Increased scale should lead to higher manufacturing efficiency,
enhanced supply chain procurement, and the benefits of infeed -
reflected in structurally higher gross margins. Additionally, R&D
scale which is 2.5x to 3.5x greater than main competitors (based on
pro forma combined LTM Dec. 31, 2020 R&D expense, pre-synergy)
should enable II-VI to not only achieve greater development
efficiencies but also position the combined entities to benefit
from key secular trends.

Synergy Potential: II-VI is projecting achieving $250 million in
cost synergies within three years enabling the company to increase
operating EBITDA margin from approximately 20% to a 27%-29% range
over the rating horizon. II-VI is targeting 60% of the synergies
from gross margin improvement via procurement, infeed and supply
chain functional savings, and the balance of 40% through R&D
efficiencies and consolidation of corporate and functional
operating expense. II-VI has a demonstrated track record of
exceeding its synergy targets with the Finisar transaction. With
Finisar, the company originally projected $150 million in cost
savings within 36 months having achieved $110 million on a run rate
basis as of Dec. 31, 2020 putting the company on track to achieve
$150 million within 24 months versus the original 36 months and
allowing the company to increase its synergy target to $200 million
overall. The company is delivering on these goals despite the
impacts of COVID-19, trade bans impacting large customers,
including Huawei and ZTE, and delayed qualification of the acquired
Sherman, TX 3D sensing facility.

Leverage Profile: II-VI is acquiring Coherent for approximately
$7.1 billion representing a PF EV multiple of 17.4x based on LTM
Dec. 31, 2020 adjusted EBITDA and $250 million of pro forma
synergies. Before consideration of Bain Capital's committed $1.5
billion or optional $650 million commitment and potential use
toward reducing leverage, pro forma total leverage will be 8.1x.
LTM Dec. 31, 2020 leverage at II-VI was 2.2x versus Fitch's
2.5x-3.5x gross leverage sensitivities, reflecting the company's
1Q21 equity and preferred stock raise and subsequent repayment of
approximately $715 million principal outstanding term loan B (TLB)
associated with the Finisar transaction. II-VI undertook the
transaction to reduce leverage, compensating for underperformance
of the Finisar transaction due to COVID-19, competitor trade bans
and other issues previously discussed. II-VI has committed to
achieving 3.0x gross leverage within two years post-closing, which
is expected to close by calendar year end 2021 corresponding with
II-VI's 2Q22. Based upon Fitch's growth and margin estimates for
the combined entity, Fitch sees II-VI reducing leverage to just
above Fitch's 3.5x negative sensitivity within two years of
transaction closing absent additional debt repayment afforded by
the committed $1.5 billion from Bain Capital and optional $650
million additional Bain investment or subsequent equity raises.

Integration Risk: While the PF capital structure remains uncertain
at this time, Fitch believes II-VI's stated commitment, unchanged
financial policy (the company continues to target a net leverage
ratio of 2.0x-3.0x), and track record with Finisar strongly
suggests the company will bring its leverage in line with Fitch's
rating sensitivities within two years post-close. That said,
integration risk remains a key risk factor. In effect, II-VI will
be integrating Coherent while still executing on its Finisar
synergy plan, of which it has delivered on approximately 55% of run
rate cost savings as of Dec. 31, 2020. Coherent's revenue and
margin profile are roughly comparable to Finisar's at the time of
its acquisition ($1.285 billion revenue and $175 million adjusted
EBITDA LTM Oct. 28, 2018). II-VI's performance in 2021 is
approximately 22% weaker on top line and 35% weaker on margin
relative to expectations at the time of the Finisar transaction.
The company's disciplined management has led to CFO being only 10%
weaker than forecast and FCF being 16% stronger. Underperformance
has been largely due to external factors, many of which have
resolved. However, to the extent Coherent's business case takes
longer to perform or there are additional exogenous shocks, II-VI
will likely be unable to achieve its leverage target, pressuring
credit protection metrics.

DERIVATION SUMMARY

II-VI combined with Finisar is one of the largest global photonics
and compound semiconductor companies. The proposed combination with
Coherent would further enhance the scale, market position and
technology of II-VI to address product needs arising from major
secular trends. The transaction will diversify II-VI's end-market
exposure primarily by reducing communications applications by 20
percentage points and will provide increased scale relative to
photonics market competitors and provide sizable synergy
opportunities through procurement, infeed and supply chain
functional COGS savings and R&D, corporate overhead and functional
operating expense savings.

II-VI has demonstrated its track record in delivering on comparable
synergy targets associated with its prior Finisar acquisition.
However, the integration and realization of full targeted $200
million in synergies remains ongoing. Fitch sees risk that II-VI's
business case for Coherent could be delayed as it was for Finisar
leading to credit protection metrics that remain above Fitch's
negative rating sensitivities beyond a two-year horizon,
particularly if there are unforeseen exogenous shocks as was the
case following the Finisar acquisition. However, II-VI has
committed to achieving 3.0x gross leverage within two years of the
transaction close.

Fitch assigns 0% equity credit to the company's convertible debt
notes. Fitch assigns 100% equity credit to mandatorily convertible
preferred stock. No parent-subsidiary linkage or operating
environment factor was in effect for these ratings.

KEY ASSUMPTIONS

Fitch's key assumptions within its rating case for the issuer
include:

-- Approximately $3 billion in revenue and 26% to 27% operating
    EBITDA in fiscal 2021;

-- Stand-alone II-VI revenue growth of high single- to low
    double-digit beyond fiscal 2021 with relatively stable
    operating EBITDA margin;

-- Coherent revenue and margin assumptions in line with market
    consensus;

-- Attainment of $250 million in run rate cost synergies within
    three years of closing;

-- Use of optional proceeds and/or subsequent equity raise to
    achieve 3.0x gross leverage target within two years post
    close;

-- No share repurchases or additional M&A over the rating
    horizon.

RATING SENSITIVITIES

Factors that could, individually or collectively, lead to positive
rating action/upgrade:

Fitch does not anticipate positive rating action pending additional
information concerning the pro forma capitalization of the proposed
Coherent acquisition.

-- Total debt with equity credit/operating EBITDA sustained below
    2.5x;

-- FCF margin sustained above 5%;

-- Demonstrated traction in key growth businesses;

-- Commitment to a more conservative financial policy.

Factors that could, individually or collectively, lead to negative
rating action/downgrade:

Fitch could resolve the Watch Negative pending receipt of
additional information concerning II-VI's pro forma capital
structure and operating plan relative to Fitch's rating
sensitivities.

-- Total debt with equity credit/operating EBITDA sustained above
    3.5x;

-- FCF margin approaching neutral;

-- Near-term growth market challenges;

-- Shift to a more aggressive financial policy.

BEST/WORST CASE RATING SCENARIO

International scale credit ratings of Non-Financial Corporate
issuers have a best-case rating upgrade scenario (defined as the
99th percentile of rating transitions, measured in a positive
direction) of three notches over a three-year rating horizon; and a
worst-case rating downgrade scenario (defined as the 99th
percentile of rating transitions, measured in a negative direction)
of four notches over three years. The complete span of best- and
worst-case scenario credit ratings for all rating categories ranges
from 'AAA' to 'D'. Best- and worst-case scenario credit ratings are
based on historical performance.

LIQUIDITY AND DEBT STRUCTURE

II-VI had $835 million of cash at Dec. 31, 2020. The company
continues to expect to operate with approximately $300 million-$400
million in cash in the normal course of business before giving rise
to the Coherent transaction. Liquidity is supported by the $450
million senior secured revolving credit facility, which was undrawn
at Dec. 31, 2020. Fitch expects II-VI will generate $400 million
FCF in fiscal 2021.

The Term Loan A matures in September 2024. II-VI's repaid its Term
Loan B in 1Q21. The TLA has a springing maturity to 120 days inside
II-VI's $345 million convertible maturing Sept. 1, 2022, if
available liquidity (defined as unrestricted cash on hand plus
borrowing availability under the revolver) is less than the
remaining principal. Fitch expects II-VI's projected liquidity
profile will satisfy the available liquidity requirement. II-VI has
indicated it has obtained approximately $5.4 billion in fully
committed debt financing in conjunction with its planned
acquisition of Coherent.

ESG CONSIDERATIONS

Unless otherwise disclosed in this section, the highest level of
ESG credit relevance is a score of '3'. This means ESG issues are
credit-neutral or have only a minimal credit impact on the entity,
either due to their nature or the way in which they are being
managed by the entity.


KNS ACQUISITION: Moody's Assigns First Time B2 Corp Family Rating
-----------------------------------------------------------------
Moody's Investors Service assigned first-time ratings for KNS
Acquisition Corp. ("Nutrisystem") including a B2 Corporate Family
Rating, a B2-PD Probability of Default Rating, and B1 ratings on
$632 million of proposed senior secured first lien credit
facilities consisting of a revolver and term loan. The rating
outlook is stable.

The rating assignments reflect elevated leverage (projected
pro-forma debt-to-EBITDA of 5.1x) and small scale with projected
revenues of less than $1 billion (pro-forma for the Direct Digital,
LLC "Adaptive Health" merger). The liquidity position is good with
expectations to hold nominal cash on the balance sheet and good
projected free cash relative to required term loan amortization,
along with an undrawn $75 million revolving credit facility that
could be used to partially fund future acquisitions.

The ratings assignments follow the company's plan to raise new
senior secured debt comprised of a $75 million senior secured first
lien revolver expiring in 2026 and a $557 million senior secured
first lien term loan expiring in 2028. The company will utilize the
net proceeds to refinance existing debt put in place to help fund
Kainos Capital's acquisition of Nutrisystem for $575 million in
December 2020 and to partially finance the proposed $557 million
merger with Adaptive Health.

The following ratings/assessments are affected by the action:

New Assignments:

Issuer: KNS Acquisition Corp.

Corporate Family Rating, Assigned B2

Probability of Default Rating, Assigned B2-PD

Senior Secured 1st Lien Term Loan, Assigned B1 (LGD3)

Senior Secured 1st Lien Revolving Credit Facility, Assigned B1
(LGD3)

Outlook Actions:

Issuer: KNS Acquisition Corp.

Outlook, Assigned Stable

RATINGS RATIONALE

KNS Acquisition Corp.'s B2 CFR reflects the company's good
profitability, predictable free cash flow generation, and highly
diversified customer base. Offsetting these factors are the
company's relatively small scale with revenues less than $1 billion
pro-forma for the merger with Adaptive Health and high financial
leverage, estimated to be 5.1x debt to EBITDA on a Moody's adjusted
basis pro-forma for the merger and prior to synergies as of
December 31, 2020. Moody's projects debt-to-EBITDA will decline to
a mid-4x range over the next 12-to-18 months due to synergy
realization and reinvestment of free cash flow for acquisitions.

Competition within health & wellness is very high as Nutrisystem
faces competition from many other meal delivery services that focus
on nutrition & wellness. Revenues have historically been volatile,
as the company experienced revenue declines from 2007 to 2013,
during a post-recession period, and then again from 2017 to 2018,
when it was acquired by Tivity Health. Given the competitiveness of
the category, marketing strategy is very important. Nutrisystem
plans to utilize Adaptive Health's proprietary direct-to-consumer
marketing platform to reduce its customer acquisition costs and
acquire higher value customers. Customer acquisition is very
important for Nutrisystem, as new customers represent over 60% of
the company's revenues.

Moody's expects that KNS Acquisition Corp will operate with good
liquidity. This incorporates the rating agency's estimate of $10
million of pro-forma cash, $50 million of annual projected free
cash flow in 2021, undrawn capacity on the $75 million revolver,
and no meaningful debt maturities through 2026. The cash sources
provide ample resources for the $5.57 million of required annual
amortization, reinvestment needs and potential acquisitions.

The coronavirus outbreak, the government measures put in place to
contain it, and the weak global economic outlook continue to
disrupt economies and credit markets across sectors and regions.
Moody's analysis has considered the effect on the performance of
corporate assets from the current weak US economic activity and a
gradual recovery for the coming months. Although an economic
recovery is underway, it is tenuous, and its continuation will be
closely tied to containment of the virus. As a result, the degree
of uncertainty around Moody's forecasts is unusually high.
Notwithstanding, Nutrisystem is likely to be more resilient than
companies outside of the packaged food and VMS sectors, although
some volatility can be expected through 2021 due to uncertain
demand characteristics, channel shifting, and the potential for
supply chain disruptions and difficult comparisons following these
shifts. Moody's regard the coronavirus outbreak as a social risk
under its ESG framework, given the substantial implications for
public health and safety.

Governance risk includes KNS Acquisition Corp's financial
strategies, which Moody's view as aggressive given its high
financial leverage, private equity ownership and focus on growth
through acquisitions that can lead to increased debt and
integration risks.

Environmental considerations are not material considerations in the
rating.

FACTORS THAT COULD LEAD TO AN UPGRADE OR DOWNGRADE OF THE RATINGS

The stable outlook reflects Moody's expectation that Nutrisystem
will successfully integrate its merger with Adaptive Health.
Furthermore, Moody's assumes in the outlook that Nutrisystem will
grow its revenues and EBITDA in a low single digit percentage range
through continued new customer growth and retention, and generate
at least $40 million of annual free cash flow.

Nutrisystem's ratings could be upgraded if there is a material
diversification in the company's product profile, good liquidity is
maintained, and the company is able to sustain debt-to-EBITDA below
4.0x.

Ratings could be downgraded if operating performance weakens
through factors such as market share losses, pricing pressure or
increased marketing spending, liquidity deteriorates, or
debt-to-EBITDA is sustained above 5.5x. Debt-financed acquisitions
or shareholder distributions could also lead to a downgrade.

The proposed first lien credit agreement contains provisions for
incremental debt capacity up to the greater of $150 million and
100% of trailing four quarter consolidated EBITDA calculated on a
pro forma basis, plus the unused portion of the General debt
basket, plus an additional amount subject to pro forma first lien
net leverage ratio not to exceed the first lien net leverage ratio
at closing. Amounts up to the $150 million may be incurred with an
earlier maturity date than the initial term loans.

The credit agreement permits the transfer of assets to unrestricted
subsidiaries, up to the carve-out capacities, subject to "blocker"
provisions which prohibit the transfer to, or ownership or
licensing by unrestricted subsidiaries of intellectual property
material to the borrower and restricted subsidiaries, taken as a
whole.

Only wholly owned subsidiaries must provide guarantees; partial
dividend of ownership interest could jeopardize guarantees if
subsidiary guarantors cease to be wholly-owned subject to
limitation prohibiting such release except pursuant to the
formation of a bona fide JV with an unaffiliated third party that
either ceases to be a direct or indirect subsidiary of the
borrower, or the transaction is deemed to be an investment and such
investment was permitted by credit agreement.

The proposed terms and the final terms of the credit agreement can
be materially different.

The principal methodology used in these ratings was Consumer
Packaged Goods Methodology published in February 2020.

KNS Acquisition Corp. ("Nutrisystem") based in Fort Washington,
Pennsylvania is a provider of weight management products and
services which are sold on-line and through multi-day kits and
single items available at retail locations. Customers typically
purchase monthly food packages which consist of a four-week program
consisting of breakfast, lunch, dinner, and snacks. Through the
merger with Direct Digital, LLC "Adaptive Health", the company also
markets and manufactures branded condition-specific science-based
nutrition supplements which address conditions, such as men's
health, joint health, and sleep management, to name a few. Adaptive
Health's products are sold through DTC as well as through retail
partners.


LUXURY DINING: Fig & Olive Plan Approved for Creditor Vote
----------------------------------------------------------
Alex Wolf of Bloomberg Law reports that upscale restaurant chain
Fig & Olive got court approval to solicit votes for its bankruptcy
plan, advancing its bid to reorganize after pandemic-related
business closures and employment litigation.

Four restaurants in New York, Texas, and California would remain
open under Fig & Olive's Chapter 11 plan, according to the
company's disclosures.

"I'm very happy to have a case survive Covid," Judge Sean H. Lane
of the U.S. Bankruptcy Court for the Southern District of New York
said at a virtual hearing Wednesday, March 31, 2021. "This is sort
of the bread and butter of what reorganizations are supposed to
be," he said.

                   About Luxury Dining Group

Luxury Dining Group is the owner of the Fig & Olive chain of
high-end restaurants with sites in New York, Washington, D.C., and
Los Angeles. Guillaume Fonkenell is the majority owner.

Luxury Dining Group and 10 affiliates sought Chapter 11 protection
on July 3, 2020.  The first-filed case is In re F&O Scarsdale LLC
(Bankr. S.D.N.Y. Lead Case No. 20-22808).

The Hon. Sean H. Lane is the case judge.

DAVIDOFF HUTCHER & CITRON LLP, led by Robert L. Rattet, is the
Debtors' counsel.


MAD RIVER: Unsecured Creditors to Recover 100% If Sold for $7.19M
-----------------------------------------------------------------
Mad River Estates, LLC, filed a First Amended Combined Chapter 11
Plan of Reorganization and Disclosure Statement.

The Debtor owns eight contiguous parcels of raw agricultural and
recreational land consisting of approximately 563 acres along the
Mad River, located at 24748 Korbel Road, Korbel, CA 95550(the
"Ranch Property").  The Ranch Property value of the property
between $7.1 and $8.5 million.  The Ranch Property is listed for
sale at $7,195,000.

The Debtor intends to sell the Ranch Property by October 31, 2021,
using the proceeds of sale to pay the allowed secured claims of
Allstate (i.e., the Class 1B creditor); PNC (i.e., the Class 1A).


If the Debtor has not filed the Sale Motion by October 31, 2021,
control over the marketing and sale process will vest in the
Creditors' Committee.  The Creditors' Committee will be authorized
to file the Sale Motion on behalf of the Estate.

Allowed claims of general unsecured creditors shall be paid as
follows:

   * Lump sum payment: Based on the current listing price of the
Ranch Property of $7,195,000, general unsecured creditors are
expected to receive payment of 100%of their allowed claims in one
payment from the net proceeds of sale, plus interest at the
prevailing federal judgment rate as of the Petition Date, which is
0.14%.

    * Treatment if proceeds from sale of Ranch Property are
insufficient ("Pro Rata Distribution"): If the net proceeds from
sale of the Ranch Property are insufficient to pay allowed claims
of general unsecured creditors in full with interest, then these
creditors shall receive a pro-rata share of any available proceeds.
By this Plan, the Creditors' Committee is granted standing and
authorized to pursue avoidance actions or claims of the estate
against third parties only in the event that the net proceeds from
the sale of the Ranch Property are insufficient to pay Class 2
creditors in full.  

All creditors are impaired and entitled to vote on confirmation of
the Plan.

A copy of the Amended Combined Plan and Disclosure Statement dated
March 19, 2021, is available at https://bit.ly/3cDYEHF

                   About Mad River Estates

Mad River Estates, LLC, is a Korbel, Calif.-based company engaged
in activities related to real estate.

Mad River Estates sought protection under Chapter 11 of the
Bankruptcy Code (Bankr. N.D. Cal. Case No. 20-10470) on Aug. 14,
2020.  Dean Bornstein, the company's manager, signed the petition.

At the time of the filing, the Debtor estimated assets of between
$1 million to $10 million and liabilities of the same range.

The Debtor is represented by Finestone Hayes LLP.

The Office of the U.S. Trustee appointed a committee of unsecured
creditors in Debtor's Chapter 11 case.  The committee is
represented by Buchalter, a Professional Corporation.


MALLINCKRODT PLC: Seeks Court Okay for $35 Million In Exec Bonuses
------------------------------------------------------------------
Law360 reports that drugmaker Mallinckrodt PLC Wednesday asked a
Delaware bankruptcy judge to allow it to pay more than $35 million
in bonuses to its top executives, while creditors argued the
bonuses could reward the executives who sent the company into
Chapter 11.

At a virtual hearing before U.S. Bankruptcy Judge John Dorsey,
Mallinckrodt asked the court to allow it to pay bonuses it said
will bring its executive pay in line with other companies in the
pharmaceutical industry, while its unsecured creditors committee
argued an investigation is needed to see how much responsibility
the bonus recipients bear for the company's bankruptcy.

                      About Mallinckdrodt PLC

Mallinckrodt -- http://www.mallinckrodt.com/-- is a global
business consisting of multiple wholly-owned subsidiaries that
develop, manufacture, market and distribute specialty
pharmaceutical products and therapies.  The company's Specialty
Brands reportable segment's areas of focus include autoimmune and
rare diseases in specialty areas like neurology, rheumatology,
nephrology,  pulmonology and ophthalmology; immunotherapy and
neonatal respiratory critical care therapies; analgesics and
gastrointestinal products.  Its Specialty Generics reportable
segment includes specialty generic drugs and active pharmaceutical
ingredients.

As of March 27, 2020, the Company had $10.17 billion in total
assets, $8.27 billion in total liabilities, and $1.89 billion in
total shareholders' equity.

On Oct. 12, 2020, Mallinckrodt plc and certain of its affiliates
sought Chapter 11 protection in Delaware in the U.S. (Bankr. D.
Del. Lead Case No. 20-12522) to seek approval of a restructuring
that would reduce total debt by $1.3 billion and resolve
opioid-related claims against the Company.

Mallinckrodt plc disclosed $9,584,626,122 in assets and
$8,647,811,427 in liabilities as of Sept. 25, 2020.

Latham & Watkins LLP, Ropes & Gray LLP and Wachtell, Lipton, Rosen
& Katz are serving as counsel to the Company, Guggenheim
Securities, LLC is serving as investment banker and AlixPartners
LLP is serving as restructuring advisor to Mallinckrodt. Hogan
Lovells is serving as counsel with respect to the Acthar Gel
matter.  Prime Clerk LLC is the claims agent.


MBM SAND: Wind Down to Be in Accordance With Company Agreement
--------------------------------------------------------------
MBM Sand Company, LLC, filed a first modification to its Amended
Combined Disclosure Statement and Plan of Reorganization dated
February 18, 2021:

The Modification adds this provision:

"Notwithstanding any claim of the Debtor or its Members to enforce
any obligation of a Member pertaining to an initial contribution of
capital, such wind-down and dissolution will be conducted with
strict compliance with Sections8.02and 8.03 of the Company
Agreement, dated April 28, 2018.."

The Plan, as amended, provides, that:

    CLASS4 – Equity Membership Holders of the Debtor

    The existing equity membership of the Debtor shall continue in
existence following the Effective Date of this Plan.  However,
except for distributions to its Members for payment of federal
income taxes attributable to the reorganized debtor, no Member
shall receive any distribution with respect to such interest until
all administrative expense claims, priority tax claims, and claims
in Classes 1 through 3 are paid in full in accordance with the
confirmed Plan.

    Upon completion of all terms of the Confirmed Plan and
Confirmation Order, the Members' only further acts in regards to
the Debtors' management shall be to wind-down and dissolve the
Debtor in accordance with the Texas Business Organizations Code.
Notwithstanding any claim of the Debtor or its Members to enforce
any obligation of a Member pertaining to an initial contribution of
capital, such wind-down and dissolution will be conducted with
strict compliance with Sections 8.02 and 8.03 of the Company
Agreement, dated April 28, 2018.

Legal Counsel of the Debtor:

      Pendergraft & Simon, LLP
      William P. Haddock
      Leonard H. Simon
      William P. Haddock
      Allen Parkway, Suite 800
      Houston, TX 77019
      Tel: (713) 528-8555
      Fax: (713) 868-1267

                     About MBM Sand Company

MBM Sand Company, LLC, which is primarily engaged in a sand mining
business, sought Chapter 11 protection (Bankr. S.D. Tex. Case No.
20-32883) on June 1, 2020.  At the time of the filing, the Debtor
disclosed assets of $1 million to $10 million and liabilities of
the same range.  

Judge Eduardo V. Rodriguez oversees the case.  

The Debtor has tapped Pendergraft & Simon LLP, led by Leonard
Simon, Esq., as its legal counsel.


MERITAGE HOMES: Fitch Assigns BB+ Rating on Proposed Unsec. Notes
-----------------------------------------------------------------
Fitch Ratings has assigned a 'BB+'/'RR4' rating to Meritage Homes
Corporation's (Meritage, NYSE: MTH) proposed offering of senior
unsecured notes. The notes will rank pari passu with all other
senior unsecured debt issued by the company. Meritage intends to
use the net proceeds from the offering to fully redeem its $300
million unsecured notes due 2022 and for general corporate
purposes. Fitch currently rates Meritage's Long-Term (LT) Issuer
Default Rating (IDR) and unsecured debt 'BB+'/'RR4' with a Stable
Rating Outlook.

Meritage's ratings reflect the company's strong credit metrics,
moderate geographic and product diversity, healthy liquidity
position and execution of its business model in the current housing
environment. The ratings also consider Fitch's expectation for
Meritage to generate less CFFO than higher-rated peers and the
company's aggressive shift toward a more speculative homebuilding
strategy, driven by its emphasis on the entry-level/first-time
buyer, which Fitch views as a riskier approach to homebuilding.

KEY RATING DRIVERS

Conservative Credit Metrics: Meritage intends to maintain a net
debt/capitalization ratio of 20%-30% and has managed this ratio in
that range since year-end 2019 (according to Fitch calculations
that consider $75 million of cash as not readily available for
seasonal working capital use). The company had managed its net
debt/capitalization in the 40%-45% range for much of the housing
upcycle prior to deleveraging by retiring debt and building equity
from 2018 to 2020. Fitch-measured net debt to capitalization was
13.1% and total debt to operating EBITDA was 1.5x as of Dec. 31,
2020, in line with or stronger than investment-grade homebuilding
peers.

Fitch expects the company to be able to comfortably manage its
balance sheet in line with its stated targets and Fitch's rating
sensitivities during the rating horizon despite its intention to
aggressively rebuild and grow its community count, which will
require significant land and development investment. Fitch believes
that the company's capitalization ratios have sufficient cushion to
support expansionary activity and absorb modest impairment charges
without negative rating action.

Speculative Building Activity: Meritage has significantly increased
its spec building activity in order to facilitate delivery of
entry-level homes on an immediate need basis in recent years. Fitch
generally views high spec activity as a credit negative, all else
equal, as rapidly deteriorating market conditions could result in
standing inventory and consequently sharply lower margins and/or
impairment charges, both of which could negatively impact credit
metrics. Fitch believes the company has managed its spec building
activity appropriately, as the company slowed housing starts in the
early stages of the pandemic, but the strategy remains untested
during a more prolonged housing downturn.

Aggressive Growth Strategy: Fitch expects Meritage to significantly
increase land and home inventory investment in 2021 and 2022 in
order to facilitate the company's planned community expansion to
300 by mid-2022, up from 195 active communities at YE 2020. The
community count expansion plans are supported by strong recent sale
trends, which have led to faster than anticipated community
close-outs.

Fitch views the pace of growth as risky due to the uncertain
macroeconomic and housing backdrop beyond 1H21, which could lead to
impairment charges if the housing market were to slow meaningfully,
and the significant investment this build out will require. These
risks are partially offset by the company's relatively low owned
land supply (2.8 years). Meritage's atypically high levels of cash
and Fitch's forecast for strong EBITDA generation in 2021 will
enable to the company to execute on its strategy without
significantly increasing long-term debt outstanding.

Limited CFFO Generation Expected: Fitch expects the company will
generate negative CFFO in 2021 due to the significant inventory
investment required for planned community count expansion. CFFO
generation should trend positively after 2021 after active
communities approach the company's target. The company generated
more limited CFFO than most investment-grade peers in the last few
years mostly due to the company's lower EBITDA margins. Meritage's
expanding margins due to strong execution on its entry-level spec
strategy could enable the company to generate similar CFFO margins
to peers in the long-term.

Moderate Geographic and Product Diversity: Meritage operates in 18
markets across nine states as of YE 2020, with particularly heavy
exposure to Texas, Arizona, California and Florida. The company is
less geographically diversified than larger investment-grade peers
such as D.R. Horton (BBB+/Stable) and Lennar (BBB/Stable), which
have leading market shares in dozens of markets nationwide.
However, Meritage's multiregional exposure provides more diversity
than lower-rated or privately-owned peers. Fitch views geographic
diversity for homebuilders favorably since it may help insulate a
builder from a local or regional housing downturn.

The company historically focused on the trade-up market, the
strongest segment during the earlier part of this upcycle. However,
Meritage's focus is now solely on the entry level and first-time
move up segments as it winds down remaining noncore communities.
The company plans on targeting a 65%/35% split between entry-level
and first move-up product, respectively. While the entry level
segment remains strong at this time, Meritage's outsized exposure
to this segment could adversely affect the company's operations if
there is a meaningful decline in demand from this buyer segment.

DERIVATION SUMMARY

Meritage's credit metrics are stronger compared to M/I Homes, Inc.
(BB-/Stable) and are in line with several low investment-grade
rated peers. Fitch expects Meritage's net debt to capitalization
ratio and total debt to operating EBITDA to be roughly in line with
investment grade peers such as Pulte (BBB/Stable) and Lennar
(BBB/Stable) in the intermediate term. These peers' breadth of
leading positions in local markets, strong profitability and
Fitch's expectation for consistently positive CFFO are credit
positives relative to Meritage. M.D.C. Holdings (BBB-/Stable) has
similar credit metrics, scale, profitability and cash flow
characteristics as Meritage, but MDC's historically short land
position, build-to-order strategy and very conservatively managed
balance sheet through housing cycles are strengths relative to
Meritage.

KEY ASSUMPTIONS

-- Total U.S. single family housing starts increase 4% in 2021;

-- Fitch expects Meritage's deliveries to increase slightly in
    2021 while average sales price (ASP) declines modestly,
    resulting in home closing revenues roughly in line with 2020;

-- Moderating absorption pace in 2H 2021 and into 2022 due to
    difficult comparisons and Fitch's expectation for a
    normalizing demand environment;

-- Meritage generates negative CFFO in 2021 as the company
    resumes more aggressive land acquisition, development and
    housing start activity;

-- Net debt to capitalization remains below 30% and total
    debt/operating EBITDA situates in the 1.5x to 2.0x range
    during the rating horizon.

RATING SENSITIVITIES

Factors that could, individually or collectively, lead to positive
rating action/upgrade:

-- The company consistently maintains conservative credit
    metrics, such as net debt to capitalization below 35% or total
    debt to operating EBITDA below 2.0x;

-- Fitch's expectation that Meritage can generate consistently
    and meaningfully positive CFFO through expansionary and
    recessionary housing environments, consistent with many
    investment grade homebuilding peers, which could result from
    more consistent land and development spending as the company
    grows into a mature homebuilder;

-- The company further demonstrates strong execution of its spec
    build strategy and community count expansion, as demonstrated
    by limited land impairment charges and low volatility in
    operating margins, with EBITDA margin percentages maintaining
    in the low- to mid-teens;

-- Meritage improves geographic diversity through successful
    entry into new markets;

-- Management commits to an investment grade rating.

Factors that could, individually or collectively, lead to negative
rating action/downgrade:

-- There is a sustained erosion of profits due to poor execution
    of the company's strategy, leading to consistently lower
    EBITDA margins and meaningful and continued loss of market
    share, resulting in weakened credit metrics, such as net/debt
    to capitalization sustaining above 40%.

-- The company maintains an aggressive land and development
    spending program that leads to consistently negative CFFO,
    higher debt levels and a diminished liquidity position.

BEST/WORST CASE RATING SCENARIO

International scale credit ratings of Non-Financial Corporate
issuers have a best-case rating upgrade scenario (defined as the
99th percentile of rating transitions, measured in a positive
direction) of three notches over a three-year rating horizon; and a
worst-case rating downgrade scenario (defined as the 99th
percentile of rating transitions, measured in a negative direction)
of four notches over three years. The complete span of best- and
worst-case scenario credit ratings for all rating categories ranges
from 'AAA' to 'D'. Best- and worst-case scenario credit ratings are
based on historical performance.

LIQUIDITY AND DEBT STRUCTURE

Solid Liquidity: At Dec. 31, 2020, Meritage had $746 million of
cash and $683 million of borrowing availability under its $780
million revolver that will mature in December 2025. The company
drew $500 million under its revolver in 1Q20 as a precautionary
measure during the coronavirus pandemic uncertainty, which was
primarily held as cash on the balance sheet and has since been
repaid. Fitch believes the company has ample liquidity to manage
fixed charges and land acquisition activity. The company's nearest
maturity following the retirement of its April 2022 unsecured note
will be in 2025, when a $400 million unsecured note comes due.

SUMMARY OF FINANCIAL ADJUSTMENTS

Historical and projected EBITDA is adjusted to add back non-cash
stock-based compensation and interest expense included in cost of
sales and also excludes impairment charges and land option
abandonment costs.

ESG CONSIDERATIONS

Unless otherwise disclosed in this section, the highest level of
ESG credit relevance is a score of '3'. This means ESG issues are
credit-neutral or have only a minimal credit impact on the entity,
either due to their nature or the way in which they are being
managed by the entity.


MERITAGE HOMES: Moody's Rates New $400M Unsecured Notes 'Ba1'
-------------------------------------------------------------
Moody's Investors Service assigned a Ba1 rating to Meritage Homes
Corporation's proposed $400 million senior unsecured notes due
2029. Meritage's existing ratings, including the Ba1 Corporate
Family Rating, Ba1-PD Probability of Default Rating, the Ba1
ratings on the company's unsecured notes and the stable outlook
remain unchanged. The SGL-2 Speculative Grade Liquidity Rating also
remains unchanged.

The proceeds of Meritage's new $400 million senior unsecured notes
will be used in part to repay the company's 7.0% $300 million
senior unsecured notes due April 2022, which will be called
simultaneously. The incremental debt proceeds will be used for
general corporate purposes, which may include land spend. Pro forma
for the transaction, leverage rises slightly to about 33% from 31%.
However, EBIT to interest coverage will increase to approximately
10.8x from 9.4x from the retirement of the highest interest rate
debt in the company's capital structure. Meritage's liquidity will
also benefit from the extension of its debt maturity profile.

The following rating actions were taken:

Assignments:

Issuer: Meritage Homes Corporation

Senior Unsecured Regular Bond/Debenture, Assigned Ba1 (LGD4)

RATINGS RATIONALE

Meritage's Ba1 Corporate Family Rating reflects the company's: 1)
strong market position within the entry-level and first move-up
homebuyer categories, including through its LiVE.NOW homes; 2)
product strategy focus that is expected to benefit from the demand
of millennial and baby boomer population cohorts in the next
several years; 3) geographic diversity and good market positions
within its individual regional markets; and 4) governance factors
including prudent balance sheet management with a demonstrated
conservative approach to debt leverage, which is expected to be
maintained.

At the same time, the company's credit profile is constrained by:
1) exposure to gross margin pressure from increasing costs of land,
labor and building materials; 2) Moody's expectation that the
company will operate with a high proportion of speculative homes in
production; 3) an owned land supply of approximately 59% of total
(representing 2.8 years from 4.7 years of total supply at December
31, 2020), subjecting the company to a risk of impairment charges
during a weak market environment; 4) Moody's expectation of
negative cash flow from operations in 2021 given investments in
growth; and 5) the cyclicality of the homebuilding industry and
exposure to protracted declines.

The stable outlook reflects Moody's expectation that Meritage will
operate conservatively, maintain a good liquidity profile, and
benefit from favorable conditions in the homebuilding sector,
including a constrained supply of homes and low interest rates.

FACTORS THAT COULD LEAD TO AN UPGRADE OR DOWNGRADE OF THE RATINGS

Factors that could lead to an upgrade include:

-- Stability of economic and homebuilding industry conditions

-- Significant increase in size, scale, and geographic
diversification

-- Maintenance of strong credit metrics, including homebuilding
debt to book capitalization below 35% and EBIT interest coverage in
the high single digits, on a sustained basis.

-- Maintenance of a very good liquidity position, including strong
free cash flow

-- Conservative financial policies and a demonstrated commitment
to attaining and maintaining an investment grade rating, both to
Moody's and to the debt capital markets.

Factors that could lead to a downgrade include:

-- The company begins generating net losses, recognizes major
impairment charges, experiences meaningful gross margin
compression, or sees liquidity weaken

-- Debt leverage approaching 45% or interest coverage weakening
below 5.0x

-- Aggressive financial policies with respect to shareholder
friendly actions or land investments

The principal methodology used in these ratings was Homebuilding
And Property Development Industry published in January 2018.

Meritage Homes Corporation, founded in 1985 and headquartered in
Scottsdale, Arizona, is the seventh largest rated US homebuilder
based on LTM revenues. The company primarily builds single-family
detached and, to a lesser extent, attached homes. Meritage operates
in three regions (West, Central, East), covering 18 markets in
Arizona, California, Colorado, Texas, Florida, Georgia, North
Carolina, South Carolina, and Tennessee. Product offerings include
largely entry-level and first move-up homes, and to a lesser degree
active adult and luxury homes. In 2020, the company generated
revenues and net income of approximately $4.5 billion and $423
million, respectively.


METHANEX CORP: Fitch Affirms 'BB' LongTerm Issuer Default Rating
----------------------------------------------------------------
Fitch Ratings has affirmed Methanex Corporation's Long-Term Issuer
Default Rating (IDR) at 'BB' and affirmed all associated unsecured
debt at 'BB'/ 'RR4'. The Rating Outlook is Negative.

The 'BB' rating reflects the company's position as the largest
global supplier of methanol, with a global distribution network and
9.2 million metric tons (MT) in production capacity. The ratings
also reflect the company's portfolio high grading, good historical
financial performance, and solid historical FCF and leverage
metrics. Offsetting considerations include methanol's sensitivity
to crude and natural gas prices and China's demand, particularly at
methanol-to-olefins (MTO) facilities, and the significant expense
associated with maintaining shipping and storage facilities.

The negative outlook reflects the pressured but improving demand
environment, elevated leverage profile, and financial risk related
to the company's Geismar 3 (G3) project. Expectations of continued
financial discipline alongside an improved demand environment could
result in a stabilization of the outlook.

KEY RATING DRIVERS

Elevated Leverage Profile: Fitch believes that Methanex has the
funding to complete the cost-advantaged G3 expansion, with $927
million in combined availability under its delayed drawn term loan
and revolver as of 4Q20. Fitch anticipates that the company may use
these facilities to fund the G3 project. The company has
articulated a desire to find a strategic partner to help fund the
expansion, which would alleviate some of the need for debt funding.
In the event Methanex resumes G3 spending, Fitch forecasts funds
from operations (FFO) leverage trending towards 3.5x. The decision
not to resume G3 spending would likely be a result of a sustained
trough in methanol demand, which could result in lower EBITDA
levels and a similar leverage profile to Fitch's Base Case despite
the lack of additional debt funding.

Uncertain But Improving Pricing: Average realized price for
Methanex fell to $256/ton in 4Q19 and then to $211/ton in 2Q20.
This period represented the bottoming out of pricing and
utilization rates, with average realized price of $247/ton on the
year, and Fitch believes that realized prices will exceed $300/ton
in the near to medium term. Although 2020 demonstrated the
relatively higher cash flow risk for methanol producers like
Methanex relative to investment-grade chemical peers, Fitch notes
that a favorable pricing environment for ethylene and polyethylene
and an ongoing recovery in economic activity and fuel demand are
positive indicators for methanol prices and volumes.

FCF Generation to Rebound: Methanex's position as a low cost
producer has allowed it to achieve generally favorable cash
generation, with cash outlays often directed toward capital
expenditures and a steady dividend. Pressured FCF generation
followed the large decline in methanol prices, and Methanex
proactively cut dividends and delayed capital spending, including
Geismar 3 (G3), to bolster liquidity. The company will likely
resume G3 spending if it determines that methanol demand can
support the execution risk and liquidity requirements associated
with completing the project.

Potential G3 Project Spending: Methanex's $1.3 billion-$1.4
billion, 1.8 million MT Geismar 3 (G3) expansion creates short-term
risks and longer-term opportunities for the credit. At an estimated
$775/MT and with roughly $1.0 billion in spending remaining, the
Brownfield G3 project has a number of cost advantages, including
shared storage and terminal facilities; lack of need to build a
reformer given the ability to use purge gas; procurement synergies,
and amortization of other fixed costs over a larger production
base. Medium-term credit risks in the event that full project
spending is resumed include cost overruns and delays. Fitch notes
that the capacity increase associated with the project may serve as
a deterrent to the company's competitors who may be considering
bringing additional capacity online as methanol prices recover.

Energy Applications Drive Price: Methanol prices are volatile, and
correlated to oil prices, while methanol's feedstock costs are
linked to natural gas and coal prices in Asia. As a result, sharp
declines in the oil/gas price ratio can periodically pressure the
credit. Methanol demand is increasingly driven by methanol for
energy applications, which prior to the downturn had been the
fastest growing component of demand and included MTO plants,
gasoline blendstocks to increase octane (MTBE), a substitute for
bunker and vehicle fuel, and an industrial boiler fuel. Energy
applications for methanol are sensitive to demand in China,
particularly MTO, which could cap methanol prices.

Low Cost Producer: Methanex is the largest global supplier of
methanol, with 9.2 million MT in current production capacity, and
sales of 10.7 million MT or about 13% of the methanol market.
Natural gas is the main feedstock and is its single largest
expense. Methanex's portfolio benefits from low cost/stranded gas.
The company's plants outside North America have credit-friendly
contract structures, which include a low initial fixed gas price,
plus a variable component that is shared between Methanex and the
gas supplier as methanol prices rise. This structure is
countercyclical insofar as it lowers the company's costs in a
down-cycle in exchange for surrendering some methanol price-related
gains on the upside. Methanex's North American plants (Geismar 1 &
2, and Medicine Hat, Canada) lack these features but benefit from
low gas prices linked to the shale revolution.

DERIVATION SUMMARY

Relative to the IG chemical companies, Methanex has exhibited
relatively higher cash flow volatility. The company's single
product focus on methanol means it is less diversified than
integrated chemical producers such as Eastman Chemical Company
(BBB-/Stable) and Westlake Chemical (BBB/Negative), and more in
line with certain U.S. Oil and Natural Gas producers like CNX
Resources Corporation (BB/Positive). YE 2020 Total Debt with Equity
Credit/Operating EBITDA for Methanex was 6.9x, which compares
unfavorably to Eastman and Westlake, each at 3.0x. Fitch
anticipates Methanex's leverage to decline from its peak in 2020.
However, this is offset by the company's strong position as the
world's largest supplier of methanol, its portfolio of
geographically diversified, low-cost plants and an increasingly
supportive pricing environment. MEOH's margins are in line with IG
chemical peers but more cyclical given methanol's linkage to crude
and coal pricing, and sensitivity to China's demand for methanol in
energy applications.

KEY ASSUMPTIONS

-- Methanol prices recover sharply through 2022 due to increased
    fuel and MTO demand, as well as general economic recovery;

-- G3 expansion resumes in 2021, completed in 2023 - no strategic
    partner considered for G3;

-- Delayed draw term loan (DDTL) drawn to fund G3;

-- Share repurchases resume and dividends restored to pre
    pandemic levels by 2024.

RATING SENSITIVITIES

Factors that could, individually or collectively, lead to positive
rating action/upgrade:

-- FFO Leverage durably below 3.25x, potentially due to finding a
    beneficial strategic partner to help fund the G3 expansion
    alongside a faster-than-anticipated recovery in and favorable
    outlook for methanol prices;

-- Increased product diversification.

Factors that could, individually or collectively, lead to negative
rating action/downgrade:

-- FFO Leverage durably above 3.75x, potentially due to a
    sustained trough in methanol prices and a lower demand for MTO
    production;

-- Cost overruns, delays, or realization of other execution risk
    related to G3 expansion leading to stepped up borrowings;

-- Sustained disruption in operations of major facilities.

BEST/WORST CASE RATING SCENARIO

International scale credit ratings of Non-Financial Corporate
issuers have a best-case rating upgrade scenario (defined as the
99th percentile of rating transitions, measured in a positive
direction) of three notches over a three-year rating horizon; and a
worst-case rating downgrade scenario (defined as the 99th
percentile of rating transitions, measured in a negative direction)
of four notches over three years. The complete span of best- and
worst-case scenario credit ratings for all rating categories ranges
from 'AAA' to 'D'. Best- and worst-case scenario credit ratings are
based on historical performance.

LIQUIDITY AND DEBT STRUCTURE

As of YE 2020, Methanex had $834 million in readily available cash
and $927 million in availability between its revolver and its
delayed draw term loan. The company faces a challenging mismatch in
cash flows versus planned capital expenditures, with an improving
methanol pricing environment coinciding with around $1.0 billion in
remaining capital spending related to the G3 expansion. Fitch
expects the company will partially draw on its delayed draw term
loan to fund the expansion, which will drag on its credit metrics.
Liquidity will remain sufficient, with the company maintaining full
availability on its $300 million revolver.

Mitigating these challenges is a relative lack of near-term
maturities, with a $300 million bond maturity in 2024. Should the
company draw on its delayed draw term loan, it would face a modest
maturity wall in 2024, consisting of $300 million in unsecured
bonds plus the DDTL maturity.

ESG CONSIDERATIONS

Unless otherwise disclosed in this section, the highest level of
ESG credit relevance is a score of '3'. This means ESG issues are
credit-neutral or have only a minimal credit impact on the entity,
either due to their nature or the way in which they are being
managed by the entity.


MICHAELS COMPANIES: Moody's Assigns B1 CFR on Proposed Financing
----------------------------------------------------------------
Moody's Investors Service assigned ratings to The Michaels
Companies, Inc. (New) following the announcement of the proposed
financing of its purchase by Apollo Global Management Inc.,
including a B1 corporate family rating, B1-PD probability of
default rating, a Ba3 rating on both its proposed senior secured
credit facility and its senior secured notes and a B3 rating on its
proposed senior unsecured notes. Its proposed senior secured credit
facility and senior secured notes will be secured by a
first-priority lien on all assets and a second priority lien on
collateral securing its ABL (unrated), largely its inventory. The
ratings outlook is stable.

The assignments reflect governance considerations particularly
Michaels' private equity ownership upon closing of the proposed
transaction with Apollo. Net proceeds from the proposed offerings
along with approximately $1.4 billion of new equity from Apollo
will be used to fund the equity purchase of $3.3 billion and
refinance all existing debt. The ratings at Michaels Stores, Inc.
will be withdrawn upon closing of the transaction and repayment of
its existing debt instruments.

Moody's estimates pro-forma debt/EBITDA of 5.1x for the fiscal year
ending January 30, 2021 based on the closing of the proposed
transaction. Michaels is expected to have good liquidity evidenced
by its proposed $1 billion ABL which is expected to be undrawn at
closing and expected free cash flow generation based on normalized
working capital as the company reinvests to replenish inventory.

Assignments:

Issuer: Michaels Companies, Inc. (The) (NEW)

Probability of Default Rating, Assigned B1-PD

Corporate Family Rating, Assigned B1

Senior Secured Term Loan, Assigned Ba3 (LGD3)

Senior Secured Regular Bond/Debenture, Assigned Ba3 (LGD3)

Senior Unsecured Regular Bond/Debenture, Assigned B3 (LGD5)

Outlook Actions:

Issuer: Michaels Companies, Inc. (The) (NEW)

Outlook, Assigned Stable

RATINGS RATIONALE

The Michaels Companies, Inc. (New)'s B1 CFR is supported by the
company's scale and strong market position (in terms of number of
stores) as the established leader in the highly fragmented arts and
craft segment of retail. Michaels had a track record of relatively
stable revenues and margins prior to the pandemic that averaged
around the mid-teens over the past five years. The company has
experienced strong demand after reopening post lockdowns as
consumers remain focused on activities around the home. In
addition, Michaels has a history of successfully managing high
leverage and of repaying debt. Michaels rating is constrained by
its private equity ownership, which could result in more aggressive
financial strategies being pursued. Michaels also has modest
business risk associated with the highly seasonal nature of its
product sales, exposure to categories that are more sensitive to
economic conditions (such as seasonal décor and custom framing),
and competition from two other arts and craft chains and big box
retailers.

The stable outlook reflects Moody's expectation that consumer
spending patterns will begin to normalize over the next 12-18
months resulting in a migration of spending away from home based
activities back to travel and leisure. The stable outlook reflects
that despite this pressure, Michaels will maintain good liquidity,
financial strategies that support debt reduction resulting in lower
leverage over near term and credit metrics indicative of the B1
rating.

The Ba3 ratings on Michaels' secured term loan and notes are one
notch higher than the B1 corporate family rating reflecting their
security interest in certain assets of the company and the
significant level of junior capital in Michaels' capital structure.
The secured term loan rating also takes into consideration the
relatively stronger position of the unrated $1 billion asset based
revolver, which has a first lien over the company's most liquid
assets including inventory. The B3 rating for Michaels Stores'
senior unsecured notes reflects their junior ranking in the
company's overall capital structure.

The proposed term loan does not contain financial maintenance
covenants. In addition, it contains incremental facility capacity
up to the greater of 1.00x proforma EBITDA (as bank defined) and
$820 million, plus voluntary prepayments, and unlimited amounts
subject to (outside the closing date) 0.25x additional first lien
net leverage for pari debt, 0.50x above the first lien incurrence
ratio for junior debt, or either 0.50x additional total net
leverage or a 2.00x Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio for unsecured debt,
with exclusions for acquisitions. The credit agreement permits the
transfer of assets to unrestricted subsidiaries, to the extent
permitted under the carve-outs, with no "blocker" provisions
restricting such transfers. The company has limitations on
restricted payments which include amounts not exceeding the greater
of 0.30x of EBITDA on a pro forma basis for the most recently ended
four fiscal quarter period and $250 million. Any additional
restricted payments can be made so long as the net total leverage
ratio on a pro forma basis is not greater than the ratio that is
equal to 0.75x below the Net Total Leverage Ratio on the closing
date.

FACTORS THAT COULD LEAD TO AN UPGRADE OR DOWNGRADE OF THE RATINGS

Rating could be upgraded to the extent the company continues to
post consistent sales and operating earnings growth while
maintaining good liquidity. An upgrade would require financial
strategies which supported stronger credit metrics and a
significant reduction in its financial sponsor ownership.
Quantitatively, an upgrade would require EBIT/interest to be above
2.75x and leverage sustained below 4.0x.

Ratings could be downgraded if liquidity deteriorates for any
reason or financial strategies become more aggressive.
Quantitatively, ratings would be downgraded should EBIT/interest be
sustained below 2.25x or leverage remained above 4.75x.

The Michaels Companies, Inc. (NEW), the largest dedicated arts and
crafts specialty retailer in North America based on number of
stores operated. The company operates more than 1,252 stores in 49
states and Canada and generated revenues of approximately $5.3
billion for the latest twelve months ended January 30, 2021. The
company primarily sells general and children's crafts, home décor
and seasonal items, framing and scrapbooking products. Michaels
Companies, Inc., (ticker "MIK"), is currently publicly traded. The
board has approved to be taken private by Apollo Global Management
Inc. in a transaction valued at approximately $5.5 billion.

The principal methodology used in these ratings was Retail Industry
published in May 2018.


MUSCLEPHARM CORP: Swings to $3.2 Million Net Income in 2020
-----------------------------------------------------------
MusclePharm Corporation filed with the Securities and Exchange
Commission its Annual Report on Form 10-K disclosing net income of
$3.18 million on $64.44 million of net revenue for the year ended
Dec. 31, 2020, compared to a net loss of $18.93 million on $79.66
million of net revenue for the year ended Dec. 31, 2019.

As of Dec. 31, 2020, the Company had $13 million in total assets,
$37.42 million in total liabilities, and a total stockholders'
deficit of $24.42 million.

Los Angeles, California-based SingerLewak LLP issued a "going
concern" qualification in its report dated March 29, 2021, citing
that the Company has suffered recurring losses from operations, has
an accumulated deficit and its total liabilities exceed its total
assets.  This raises substantial doubt about the Company's ability
to continue as a going concern.

A full-text copy of the Form 10-K is available for free at:

https://www.sec.gov/Archives/edgar/data/1415684/000149315221007088/form10-k.htm

                        About MusclePharm

Headquartered in Denver, Colorado, MusclePharm Corporation
(OTCQB:MSLP) -- http://www.musclepharm.comand
http://www.musclepharmcorp.com-- is a lifestyle company that
develops, manufactures, markets and distributes branded nutritional
supplements.  The Company offers a broad range of performance
powders, capsules, tablets, gels and on-the-go ready to eat snacks
that satisfy the needs of enthusiasts and professionals alike.


NATIONAL RIFLE ASSOCIATION: Secret Board Meeting Can be Raised
--------------------------------------------------------------
Law360 reports that the National Rifle Association's assertion that
information about a closed board meeting of the bankrupt
organization is privileged can be challenged during a Chapter 11
dismissal trial in the second week of April 2021 after a Texas
bankruptcy judge said Wednesday, March 31, 2021, that he would make
case-by-case rulings on individual questions involving the meeting.


During a virtual hearing, U.S. Bankruptcy Judge Harlin D. Hale
denied motions from the New York attorney general and former NRA
media consulting firm Ackerman McQueen challenging the debtor's
withholding of testimony from its directors about a January 2021
executive session where the authority to file for bankruptcy was
allegedly delegated to executive vice president.

                 About National Rifle Association

Founded in 1871 in New York, the National Rifle Association of
America is a gun rights advocacy group. The NRA claims to be the
longest-standing civil rights organization and has more than five
million members.

Seeking to move its domicile and principal place of business to
Texas amid lawsuits in New York, National Rifle Association of
America sought Chapter 11 protection (Bankr. N.D. Tex. Case No.
21-30085) on Jan. 15, 2021. Affiliate Sea Girt LLC simultaneously
sought Chapter 11 protection (Case No. 21-30080).

The NRA was estimated to have assets and liabilities of $100
million to $500 million as of the bankruptcy filing.

Judge Harlin Dewayne Hale oversees the cases.

The Debtors tapped Neligan LLP and Garman Turner Gordon LLP as
their bankruptcy counsel, and Brewer, Attorneys & Counselors as
their special counsel.

The U.S. Trustee for Region 6 appointed an official committee of
unsecured creditors on Feb. 4, 2021. Norton Rose Fulbright US, LLP
and AlixPartners, LLP serve as the committee's legal counsel and
financial advisor, respectively.


NEUROCARE CENTER: Unsecured Creditors Will Receive $194K in Plan
----------------------------------------------------------------
Neurocare Center, Inc., submitted a First Amended Plan of
Reorganization.

The Plan provides for, among other things: (a) the cancellation of
certain indebtedness in exchange for cash or other property of the
Debtor and (b) the assumption or rejection of executory contracts
and unexpired leases to which the Debtor is a party.

The Debtor will restructure its finances by committing its
disposable income to Plan payments.

Each holder of a Class C Allowed Claim on account of a General
Unsecured Claim shall receive its Pro Rata share of Distributable
Cash from the Debtor. The payment by the Debtor to holders of Class
C Allowed Claims shall be made in annual payments for up to 5 years
beginning in the first year following the Effective Date, but in no
event, commencing no later than Sept. 30, 2021.  Total payments of
Distributable Cash shall be $194,426.

The funds for such distributions and funds for distributions to
holders of Class C Allowed Claims will come from the proceeds of
the Debtor's ordinary income and proceeds of Avoidance Actions and
other actions, if any.

The Debtor believes, and the liquidation analysis demonstrates,
that a chapter 7 liquidation of the Debtor's assets would result in
no recovery to holders of Class C Allowed Claims.

Under the Plan, the holders of Allowed Interests in Class D shall
retain their Allowed Interests in the Debtor.

The Debtor will continue to be managed by its current owners: Dr.
Stalker, Dr. Nafzinger, Dr. Zollinger, Dr. Drake, and Dr. Earl.
There will be no change in the Debtor's management or ownership
structure as a result of confirmation of this Plan.

A copy of the First Amended Plan Of Reorganization is available at
https://bit.ly/3fAdqBr from PacerMonitor.com.

                    About Neurocare Center

Founded in 1995, Neurocare Center Inc. --
http://www.neurocarecenter.com/-- provides health care services to
patients with neurological, rehabilitative and sleep disorders.  At
the present time, it is the only neurology practice in Stark
County, Ohio, providing outpatient services and inpatient services
to Mercy Medical Center and Aultman Hospital.

Neurocare Center filed its voluntary petition for relief under
Chapter 11 of the Bankruptcy Code (Bankr. N.D. Ohio Case No.
21-60030) on Jan. 12, 2021.  Neurocare Center President Andrew
Stalker MD signed the petition.

At the time of filing, the Debtor disclosed $597,245 in assets and
$2,128,274 in liabilities.

Judge Russ Kendig oversees the case.  Anthony J. DeGirolamo,
Attorney at Law serves as the Debtor's legal counsel.


NINE ENERGY: Moody's Lowers CFR to Caa3 on Restructuring Risks
--------------------------------------------------------------
Moody's Investors Service downgraded Nine Energy Service, Inc.'s
Corporate Family Rating to Caa3 from Caa1, Probability of Default
Rating to Caa3-PD from Caa1-PD and senior unsecured notes rating to
Caa3 from Caa2. Moody's downgraded Nine's Speculative Grade
Liquidity rating to SGL-3 from SGL-2. The outlook remains
negative.

"The downgrade of Nine Energy's ratings reflect higher debt
refinancing and restructuring risks as debt maturities continue to
approach amid a very challenging operating environment," said
Jonathan Teitel, a Moody's analyst.

Downgrades:

Issuer: Nine Energy Service, Inc.

Probability of Default Rating, Downgraded to Caa3-PD from Caa1-PD

Speculative Grade Liquidity Rating, Downgraded to SGL-3 from
SGL-2

Corporate Family Rating, Downgraded to Caa3 from Caa1

Senior Unsecured Notes, Downgraded to Caa3 (LGD4) from Caa2
(LGD4)

Outlook Actions:

Issuer: Nine Energy Service, Inc.

Outlook, Remains Negative

RATINGS RATIONALE

Nine's Caa3 CFR reflects Moody's view that the company has an
untenable capital structure. During 2020, Nine generated negative
EBITDA and Moody's expects minimal EBITDA in 2021 while the
oilfield services sector remains highly competitive amid continued
capital discipline by upstream companies. Consequently, Moody's
expects very high leverage and weak interest coverage at the end of
2021. The lower level of upstream capital spending (though improved
from mid-2020 levels) impedes Nine's ability to significantly
improve its credit metrics. While upstream capital spending and
related completion activity is likely to improve in 2022, the pace
of recovery looks to be slow. There are rising risks of
restructuring as debt maturities approach. The company has small
scale and intense competition in a difficult operating environment.
In 2020, to contend with lower customer demand, Nine reduced
expenses by decreasing labor costs and lowering capital spending.

Nine's SGL-3 rating reflects Moody's expectation that the company
will maintain adequate liquidity into early 2022. Moody's expects
negative free cash flow will reduce cash on the balance sheet ($69
million as of December 31, 2020). Nine's ABL revolver is undrawn
and as of December 31, 2020, Nine had $38 million available under
the facility ($0.5 million in letters of credit were outstanding).

Nine's $347 million of senior unsecured notes due 2023 (amount
outstanding as of December 31, 2020) are rated Caa3, the same as
the CFR because of the relatively small borrowing base of the ABL
revolver to which the notes are effectively subordinated.

The negative outlook reflects Moody's expectation that Nine's
leverage will remain high, its cash balance will decline over time,
and restructuring risks increase as debt maturities approach.

FACTORS THAT COULD LEAD TO AN UPGRADE OR DOWNGRADE OF THE RATINGS

Factors that could lead to a downgrade include increasing default
risk or Moody's lowering its view on expected recoveries.

Factors that could lead to an upgrade include a stronger than
expected increase in revenues and profitability, sufficient debt
reduction to achieve a tenable capital structure and improving
liquidity.

Nine, headquartered in Houston, Texas, is a publicly traded
provider of oilfield services to exploration and production
companies and primarily focused on onshore well completions.
Revenue for 2020 was $311 million.

The principal methodology used in these ratings was Global Oilfield
Services Industry Rating Methodology published in May 2017.


NTH SOLUTIONS: Seeks Cash Collateral Access
-------------------------------------------
Nth Solutions, LLC asks the U.S. Bankruptcy Court for the Eastern
District of Pennsylvania for authority to, among other things, use
cash collateral and pay post-petition payroll.

The Debtor requires the use of cash collateral for immediate
expenditures and operating expenses. The Debtor is in the process
of preparing a projection of their expected revenue from operations
and operating costs. The Budget will be submitted prior to the
hearing on the Motion. The Debtor's next payroll comes due April 2,
2021. An abrupt cessation of the Debtor's business would cause
extreme hardship to the Debtor's clients, its creditors, and its
employees.

The Debtor says it must maintain its relationship with its
employees so that the essential services they provide are
uninterrupted. If the present employees terminate their employment,
the Debtor will be forced to hire new, untrained "hard-to-find"
replacements. As a result, clients will receive less than
satisfactory service. The Debtor will suffer negative publicity and
its relationship with its clients and creditors could also be
jeopardized.

The Debtor's bankruptcy filing is the result of a significant
amount of debt, the pressure of certain creditors to get paid, and
the initial and subsequent lockdowns ordered by the Governor of
Pennsylvania due to the Covid-19 health crisis.

As of the Petition Date, the Debtor's secured debt consists of
certain obligations owed to Bryn Mawr Trust.

Prior to the filing of the Voluntary Petition, the Debtor entered
into a secured loan agreement with the Lender in the original
principal amount of $ 175,000. Pursuant to the terms of the
Agreement, in order to secure the Debtor's obligations, the Debtor
granted to the Lender, among other things, a security interest in
all of the Debtor's assets.

As of the Petition Date, the principal balance due under the
Agreement is approximately $130,194.

The Debtor's primary assets are cash, accounts receivable,
machinery, equipment and general intangibles.

The Debtor will attempt to negotiate with the Lender to reach a
consensual agreement on the Debtor's use of cash collateral and the
adequate protection to be afforded to the Lender after the Petition
Date. In the event no agreement is reached by the hearing date, the
Debtor is requesting that the Court authorize the use of cash
collateral. However, the Debtor has spoken to a representative of
the Lender who has indicated that the Lender would consent to the
use of cash collateral.

The Debtor also requests the court to schedule an expedited hearing
on the motion at its earliest convenience.

A copy of the Motion is available for free at
https://bit.ly/39OACIv from PacerMonitor.com.

                About Nth Solutions, LLC

Nth Solutions, LLC -- https://nth-solutions.com/ -- operates a
facility located at 15 East Uwchlan Avenue in Exton, Pennsylvania,
where it manufactures electronic and mechanical precision devices.
In addition to its own product line, it also works with its clients
using a proprietary market-driven methodology in order to produce
additional "state-of-the-art" products.

Nth Solutions sought protection under Chapter 11 of the U.S.
Bankruptcy Code (Bankr. E.D. Penn. Case No. 21-10782) on March 26,
2021. In the petition signed by Susan Springsteen, managing
partner, member, the Debtor disclosed up to $50,000 in assets and
up to $10 million in liabilities.

MASCHMEYER MARINAS P.C. represents the Debtor as counsel.



OLMA-XXI INC: Court Approves Disclosure Statement
-------------------------------------------------
Judge Nancy Hershey Lord has entered an order approving the
Disclosure Statement of Olma-XXI, Inc.

A telephonic (NHL) hearing will be held on May 4, 2021, at 2:30
p.m. (NHL) for confirmation of the Plan before the Honorable Nancy
H. Lord, United States Bankruptcy Judge, United States Bankruptcy
Court for the Eastern District of New York (NHL).

April 26, 2021 (NHL), is fixed as the last day for filing and
serving written objections to confirmation of the Plan.

All ballots voting in favor of or against the Plan are to be
submitted so as to be actually received by counsel for the Debtor
on or before April 26, 2021 (NHL) at 4:00 p.m.

Objections to confirmation of the Plan must be filed and served by
April 26, 2021 (NHL), at 4:00 p.m.

Counsel for the Debtor will file a ballot tally and an affidavit
and/or brief in support of confirmation April 27, 2021 (NHL) at
12:00 p.m.

                     About Olma XXI Inc.

Located in Brooklyn, New York, Olma-XXI, Inc., distributes ethnic
and specialty foods.  Olma-XXI, Inc., is a major producer of fine
caviar, meat, fish, and other quality foods.  

Olma-XXI filed a Chapter 11 petition (Bankr. E.D.N.Y. Case No.
19-44731) on Aug. 1, 2019.  In the petition signed by Valeri
Eliachov, president, the Debtor disclosed $246,471 in assets and
$1,965,500 in liabilities.  The Hon. Nancy Hershey Lord oversees
the case.  Alla Kachan, Esq., at the Law Offices of Alla Kachan,
P.C., serves as bankruptcy counsel to the Debtor.


PARKLAND CORP: Fitch Assigns BB Rating on Proposed USD Unsec. Notes
-------------------------------------------------------------------
Fitch Ratings has assigned a 'BB'/'RR4' rating to Parkland
Corporation's proposed issuance of U.S. dollar-denominated senior
unsecured notes. Proceeds will be used to refinance senior
unsecured notes maturing in 2025 and 2026 and to reduce outstanding
credit facility borrowings.

Parkland's ratings and Stable Outlook reflect its unique business
characteristics as a fully integrated downstream petroleum company.
It features a strong retail fuel presence in Canada and the
Caribbean and a growing presence in the U.S. as well as supporting
distribution and logistics businesses and small relative refining
operations. Fitch views the long-term cash flow stability gained
through Parkland's integrated operations and diversified asset base
as supportive of credit quality.

The company has grown significantly in recent years through
acquisitions and steady capital spending on organic initiatives.
However, risks remain as the lasting impact of measures taken to
control the spread of the coronavirus continue to unfold in the
marketplace.

KEY RATING DRIVERS

Resilient 2020: Volumes declined rapidly across Parkland's
businesses during the first half of 2020 in response to
stay-at-home orders to combat the coronavirus. Parkland experienced
temporary large YOY product volume decreases in the first few
months of the pandemic, but full-year 2020 volumes decreased only
12% in Canada and 3% in International from 2019 levels, both better
than Fitch expected. Higher than anticipated margins in Canada and
the U.S. led to better EBITDA and leverage than previous Fitch
targets. Fitch forecasts a continued return to a sustainable
operating environment, including a return to driving patterns near
pre-coronavirus levels over the next 12 to 24 months.

Capturing Margin Along the Value Chain: Parkland has a strong and
established retail footprint in Canada and the Caribbean and a
small but growing presence in the U.S. The company drives value
through the system by creating and exploiting cost/supply
advantages. These advantages come via downstream integration,
allowing Parkland to secure attractive margins in support of
consistent cash flow generation. The downstream integration
advantages are meaningful versus nonintegrated fuel retailer
peers.

Parkland's diversified business model and vertical integration also
help smooth some of the volatility common in the refining space.
Parkland's own retail outlet for finished product sourced both
internally and externally, and its capability to move, store and
deliver that product to customers provides the company with an
offset and a simple buffer to the cyclical lows inherent in the
refining industry.

Diverse Portfolio: Parkland has approximately 1,850 company and
dealer-owned retail sites across Canada, and nearly 500 in both the
Caribbean and the U.S. Parkland's retail and commercial franchises
display size/scale advantages and geographic/product
diversification. Parkland has regionally relevant brands in close
proximity to the major population centers. The company reports that
roughly 85% of Canadians live within a 15-minute drive of a
Parkland service station.

Parkland has a dominant position in many of the Caribbean countries
where it operates, meaningful shipping capabilities, and control of
essential distribution and supply assets. Its size/scale in the
U.S. is small, but the company has been expanding its retail,
commercial and wholesale capabilities via advantages developed just
north of the border.

The juxtapositions within Parkland's refining operations in
Burnaby, British Columbia (BC), as they relate to size, scale and
asset quality are distinct. Currently, the company operates only a
single, small capacity, low complexity refinery. Fitch typically
views refining companies with less than 100,000 barrels per day of
capacity as well as single-asset refineries as being more
consistent with a 'B' credit profile, if it were a standalone
refining business.

Fitch believes Parkland's single refinery possesses some geographic
advantages. It is strategically connected by pipeline to the Trans
Mountain Pipeline, and its tank farm in Burnaby is located on the
Burrard inlet, in close proximity to Vancouver, BC. Additionally,
the Burnaby refinery is fully integrated with Parkland's
commercial/wholesale and retail businesses in Western Canada and is
not a merchant refiner. These unique characteristics provide more
cash flow and earnings stability than Parkland would have without
integration, in Fitch's view.

Growth Supported by M&A: Parkland has grown over the past few
years, 2020 aside, largely on the back of successful acquisitions,
with synergy capture after the fact and steady organic growth all
along the way. With the 2017 Ultramar (CAD978 million) and Chevron
Canada (CAD1.68 billion) acquisitions, Parkland generated an
approximate 50% synergy capture, defined by the company as EBITDA
lift post-acquisition. In early 2019, the company moved into the
Caribbean with the purchase of 75% of Sol Investments for CAD1.5
billion and obtained a dominant fuel marketing position in 23
countries with extensive supply and distribution assets.

The company spent nearly CAD600 million on acquisitions in the U.S.
since the beginning of 2018 through the end of 2020, expanding into
three regional operating centers: Northern Tier, Rockies and
Southeast. Additionally, in February 2021 Parkland announced an
acquisition that would add a fourth regional operating center in
the Pacific Northwest. The company has successfully acquired
attractive assets and captured significant synergies
post-transactions, supporting Fitch's assumptions for improving
leverage beyond 2020.

Refining Cycle: Refining is subject to periods of boom and bust,
with sharp swings in crack spreads over the cycle. Given the rest
of Parkland's portfolio is highly ratable, refining remains a
source of potential variability in future results. Retail,
commercial and wholesale fuel and logistics operating segments tend
to be less cyclical, and Fitch expects Parkland's positions in
Canada and the Caribbean to benefit from its position as one of the
largest competitors in those regions.

DERIVATION SUMMARY

Parkland is somewhat unique relative to Fitch's coverage given its
diversification across the midstream and downstream value chain,
especially due to the relatively small size and scale of its
refining operations. From a business line perspective, though
orders of magnitude smaller in size and scale, Fitch sees Marathon
Petroleum Corporation (MPC; BBB/Negative) as a peer. Fitch views a
one full rating category difference between Parkland and MPC as
appropriate given Parkland's distinctive characteristics,
significantly smaller size and scale, and weaker relative financial
profile.

Credit rating differences, relative to MPC, arise from Parkland's
'single refiner risk' factor and the substantially smaller size,
scale and complexity of Parkland's refining operations. Fitch views
similarly rated Sunoco LP (SUN; BB/Positive) as a peer for the
distribution segment of Parkland's business. Differences in credit
profile, relative to SUN, arise from Parkland's position as a fully
integrated downstream operator.

However, Fitch views SUN as having greater margin stability,
supported by its multi-year take-or-pay fuel supply agreement with
a 7-Eleven subsidiary, under which SUN will supply approximately
2.2 billion gallons of fuel annually, and no refining operations.
Puma Energy Holdings Pte Ltd (BB-/RWN) is a global integrated
midstream and downstream peer with storage, distribution,
fuel-retailing and business to business activities across the
globe. Relative to Parkland, Puma has a slightly larger size and
scale, leverage that is similar but more exposure to developing
economies and foreign currency risks globally, leading to its lower
credit rating.

Leverage, as measured by total adjusted debt/operating EBITDAR, is
roughly one half to one full turn worse than MPC, 2020 excluded,
and Fitch does not forecast improvement in this metric for Parkland
until later in the forecast period. Fitch expects Parkland's
leverage to be at least one turn better than Sunoco's over the
forecast period, 2020 excluded, based on Fitch's expectations for
SUN's total debt with equity credit/operating EBITDA to end 2021
between 4.0x-4.3x. Parkland's weaker relative financial profile is
a factor considered in the credit rating difference between MPC and
Parkland.

KEY ASSUMPTIONS

-- Full-year 2021 volumes, both retail and commercial, rebound
    meaningfully in Canada, leading to approx. 20% growth compared
    to 2020. Margins in Canada move towards historical averages;

-- The USA segment experiences a similar level of YOY volume
    growth in 2021, relative to Canada, driven in large part by
    acquisitions, both announced and assumed;

-- Given the strong 2020 volume performance in the International
    segment, compared to the Canadian segment, 2021 growth
    assumptions are more muted. Margins remain similar to recent
    history;

-- Utilization at the company's Burnaby refinery of roughly 85%
    in 2021, after posting a turnaround impacted 68.9% utilization
    in 2020. Refining utilization of 90%-94% in years without a
    major turnaround, beyond 2021;

-- An increase in near-term growth and acquisition spending, from
    the trough seen in 2020, including maintenance and growth
    capital expenditures in line with management guidance;

-- Minimal debt issuances/repayments over the forecast period,
    beyond the currently proposed transaction;

-- USD1.00/CAD1.33 throughout the quarters of the forecast
    period.

RATING SENSITIVITIES

Factor that could, individually or collectively, lead to positive
rating action/upgrade:

-- Expected or actual fiscal year with total adjusted
    debt/operating EBITDAR below 3.0x.

Factors that could, individually or collectively, lead to negative
rating action/downgrade:

-- Total adjusted debt/operating EBITDAR, capitalizing operating
    lease expense at 8.0x, above 4.0x on a sustained basis.
    Attractive acquisitions that push this metric above the
    negative sensitivity temporarily will be reviewed on a case by
    case basis;

-- A second wave of stay-at-home orders across North America
    related to the coronavirus, leading to further demand
    destruction, without an offsetting increase in fuel margins;

-- A disproportionate decrease in realized fuel margins versus
    increased fuel volumes;

-- Impairments to liquidity;

-- Acquisitions that increase overall business risk and/or are
    not financed in a balanced manner.

BEST/WORST CASE RATING SCENARIO

International scale credit ratings of Non-Financial Corporate
issuers have a best-case rating upgrade scenario (defined as the
99th percentile of rating transitions, measured in a positive
direction) of three notches over a three-year rating horizon; and a
worst-case rating downgrade scenario (defined as the 99th
percentile of rating transitions, measured in a negative direction)
of four notches over three years. The complete span of best- and
worst-case scenario credit ratings for all rating categories ranges
from 'AAA' to 'D'. Best- and worst-case scenario credit ratings are
based on historical performance.

LIQUIDITY AND DEBT STRUCTURE

Liquidity Adequate: Parkland had total available liquidity of
roughly CAD1.3 billion, including CAD262 million in unrestricted
cash and equivalents on the balance sheet as of Dec. 31, 2020.

On March 25, 2021 the company amended its senior secured credit
facility agreement to increase the total amount available and
extend the maturity date. The two-tranche credit facility now has
approximately CAD1.9 billion in total availability, up from
approximately CAD1.7 billion. Both credit facilities mature in
2026. The company had just under CAD700 million drawn on its
revolving credit facilities as of Dec. 31, 2020.

Along with additional cash generated from operations, Parkland's
liquidity position improved significantly since the end of
first-quarter 2020. With proceeds from the proposed issuance of
senior unsecured notes being used to refinance 2025 and 2026
maturities, Parkland will have no senior unsecured notes due until
2027.

SUMMARY OF FINANCIAL ADJUSTMENTS

Fitch applies an 8.0x multiple to operating leases.

ESG CONSIDERATIONS

Unless otherwise disclosed in this section, the highest level of
ESG credit relevance is a score of '3'. This means ESG issues are
credit-neutral or have only a minimal credit impact on the entity,
either due to their nature or the way in which they are being
managed by the entity.


PEARL HOLDING III: Moody's Withdraws 'Caa1' Corp Family Rating
--------------------------------------------------------------
Moody's Investors Service has withdrawn the Caa1 corporate family
rating and senior secured bond rating of Pearl Holding III Limited,
as well as the negative outlook.

RATINGS RATIONALE

Moody's has decided to withdraw the ratings because of inadequate
information to monitor the ratings, due to the issuer's decision to
cease participation in the rating process.

COMPANY PROFILE

Pearl Holding III Limited (Pearl III) is a precision engineered
plastic components producer, mainly engaged in the manufacture and
sale of plastic injection molds and related products. It is an
indirectly wholly owned subsidiary of Platinum Equity, LLC, a
private equity firm, headquartered in Los Angeles.


PEELED INC: Seeks to Hire Newpoint as Restructuring Advisor
-----------------------------------------------------------
Peeled, Inc. seeks approval from the U.S. Bankruptcy Court for the
District of Delaware to employ Newpoint Advisors Corporation as
restructuring advisor.

The firm's services include:

   a. assisting the Debtor in managing all aspects of its business
and operations, with an emphasis on budgeting, cash management and
finance;

   b. reviewing and evaluating the Debtor's financial condition,
operations, financial projections, and related matters with the
objective of assisting the Debtor in enhancing enterprise value;

   c. assisting the Debtor in developing a reorganization plan and
the assumptions underlying such a plan;

   d. assisting in the review, analysis and negotiations for
settlements with secured lenders, vendors and other creditors;

   e. assisting the Debtor in managing its business and operations
through the bankruptcy process;

   f. providing testimony;

   g. assisting in the decision making and management of the
Debtor;

   h. reporting to the board of directors on the Debtor's
operations and consulting the board routinely; and

   i. performing other work as requested by the Debtor.

Newpoint will be paid at these rates:

     Senior Managing Director          $325 per hour
     Managing Director                 $295 per hour
     Director                          $275 per hour
     Analyst                           $225 to $265 per hour
     Accounting/Bookkeeper             $165 to $200 per hour
     Administration/Field Runner       $125 per hour

The firm will also be reimbursed for out-of-pocket expenses
incurred.

The retainer fee is $120,000.

Kenneth Yager, a partner at Newpoint, disclosed in a court filing
that the firm is a "disinterested person" as the term is defined in
Section 101(14) of the Bankruptcy Code.

The firm can be reached at:

     Kenneth Yager
     Newpoint Advisors Corporation
     1320 Tower Rd.
     Schaumburg, IL 60173
     Tel: (800) 306-1250
     Email: kyager@newpointadvisors.us

                        About Peeled Inc.

Peeled Inc. -- https://peeledsnacks.com -- is a manufacturer of
"healthy" snacks offering organic, gluten-free, vegan, kosher
options.

Peeled Inc. filed a petition under Subchapter V of Chapter 11 of
the Bankruptcy Code (Bankr. D. Del. Case No. 21-10513) on March 3,
2021.  The Debtor had between $1 million and $10 million in both
assets and liabilities at the time of the filing.

The Debtor tapped Sugar Felsenthal Grais & Helsinger, LLP and
Archer & Greiner, P.C. as its bankruptcy counsel, and Rupp Baase
Pfalzgraf Cunningham, LLC as its special counsel.  Newpoint
Advisors Corporation is the restructuring advisor.


PEELED INC: Seeks to Hire Rupp Baase as Special Counsel
-------------------------------------------------------
Peeled, Inc., seeks approval from the U.S. Bankruptcy Court for the
District of Delaware to employ Rupp Baase Pfalzgraf Cunningham LLC
as special counsel.

The firm's services include:

   a. representing the Debtor with regard to ongoing and daily
human resources matters, including hiring and firing decisions and
processes, benefits, and internal investigations;

   b. acting as litigation counsel in the areas of employment
disputes, commercial and business disputes, and class action
litigation brought against the Debtor under the Americans with
Disabilities Act; and

   c. advising the Debtor's management and Board of Directors on
issues related to executive employment contracts, as well as issues
related to COVID-19, executive orders, requirements, leave
programs, testing, and compliance.

The firm will be paid at these rates:

     Partners               $395 to $495 per hour
     Associates                 $325 per hour
     Paralegals             $100 to $175 per hour

As of the Petition Date, the Debtor owes the firm the amount of
$72,225.99 for legal services rendered before the Petition Date,
which the firm has agreed to waive at the Debtor's request.

The firm will also be reimbursed for reasonable out-of-pocket
expenses incurred.

David R. Pfalzgraf, Jr., Esq. a partner at Rupp Baase Pfalzgraf
Cunningham LLC, disclosed in a court filing that the firm is a
"disinterested person" as the term is defined in Section 101(14) of
the Bankruptcy Code.

The firm can be reached at:

     David R. Pfalzgraf, Jr., Esq.
     Rupp Baase Pfalzgraf Cunningham LLC
     600 Liberty Building, 424 Main. St.
     Buffalo, NY 14202
     Tel: (716) 854-3400
     Fax: (716) 332-0336
     E-mail: pfalzgraf@ruppbaase.com

              About Peeled, Inc.

Peeled Inc. -- https://peeledsnacks.com -- is a manufacturer of
"healthy" snacks offering organic, gluten-free, vegan, kosher
options.

Peeled Inc. filed a bankruptcy petition under Subchapter V of
Chapter 11 of the Bankruptcy Code (Bankr. D. Del. Case No.
21-10513) on March 3, 2021. The Debtor had between $1 million and
$10 million in both assets and liabilities at the time of the
filing.

Sugar Felsenthal Grais & Helsinger, LLP and Archer & Greiner, P.C.
serve as the Debtor's legal counsel.



PENSKE AUTOMOTIVE: Moody's Alters Outlook on Ba1 CFR to Stable
--------------------------------------------------------------
Moody's Investors Service, Inc. affirmed all ratings of Penske
Automotive Group, Inc. including the Ba1 corporate family rating,
Ba1-PD probability of default rating and Ba3 senior subordinated
notes rating. The speculative grade liquidity rating remains an
SGL-2. The outlook was changed to stable from negative.

"The outlook change to stable recognizes Penske's ability to
improve EBITDA in 2020 despite significant COVID related headwinds,
particularly in its UK business, as it threw the necessary cost
levers to preserve profitabilitywhich more than offset a decline in
revenue," stated Moody's Vice President Charlie O'Shea. "Its
quantitative profile has improved meaningfully following sizable
debt reductions undertaken in 2020, with debt/EBITDA now around 3.5
times and EBIT/interest at 3.6 times, and we expect this coverage
metric to continue to improve following the debt reduction as well
as some permanence with respect to cost reductions," continued
O'Shea. "The affirmation recognizes Penske's size, flexible auto
dealer operating model, and its diversity outside of auto retail,
particularly its sizeable ownership stake of Penske Truck Leasing,
and highly-experienced management team," added O'Shea.

Affirmations:

Issuer: Penske Automotive Group, Inc.

Probability of Default Rating, Affirmed Ba1-PD

Corporate Family Rating, Affirmed Ba1

Senior Subordinated Regular Bond/Debenture, Affirmed Ba3 (LGD6)

Outlook Actions:

Issuer: Penske Automotive Group, Inc.

Outlook, Changed To Stable From Negative

RATINGS RATIONALE

Penske's Ba1 corporate family rating considers its position as the
world's largest auto dealer by revenue, with balance between its US
and international divisions, its diverse business model outside of
the auto retail business, especially the positive impact of its 29%
ownership stake in Penske Truck Leasing, and opportunities for
future prudent growth across its numerous platforms. Ratings also
consider Penske's financial policy, which has become more balanced
in recent years, particularly where shareholder distributions are
concerned, and its good liquidity, as reflected by its SGL-2.
Penske's good liquidity is supported by its $1.05 billion in
revolving credit facilities and $4 billion in floor plan financing.
The stable outlook considers Penske's fairly predictable operating
performance, with the ability to "flex" its operations to deal with
potential flux in any one segment or geography due to any reason,
as occurred during 2020 in reaction to the coronavirus.

FACTORS THAT COULD LEAD TO AN UPGRADE OR DOWNGRADE OF THE RATINGS

Ratings could be upgraded if operating performance continues to
improve and financial policy remains balanced such that debt/EBITDA
is maintained below 3.5 times and EBIT/interest is sustained above
5 times, with liquidity remaining at least good. In addition,
Penske would need to demonstrate a commitment to policies
consistent with an investment grade rating. Ratings could be
downgraded if liquidity were to weaken, or if either softening
operating performance or a more aggressive financial policy
resulted in debt/EBITDA rising above 4.75 times or EBIT/interest
sustained below 3.5 times.

The principal methodology used in these ratings was Retail Industry
published in May 2018.

Headquartered in Bloomfield Hills, Michigan, Penske Automotive
Group, Inc. is a diversified retailer of automobiles and trucks,
with annual revenues of around $22 billion.


PRIORITY HOLDINGS: Moody's Assigns B2 CFR on Planned Refinancing
----------------------------------------------------------------
Moody's Investors Service assigned a B2 Corporate Family Rating,
B2-PD Probability of Default Rating and SGL-2 Speculative Grade
Liquidity rating to Priority Holdings, LLC. The proposed senior
secured credit facilities were assigned a rating of B2. At the same
time, Moody's withdrew the Caa1 CFR, Caa1-PD PDR and SGL-4 SGL
rating of Priority Payment Systems Holdings, LLC (a wholly owned
subsidiary). The rating outlook is stable. The action follows
Priority's announcement of a planned refinancing of its debt
capital structure in conjunction with the pending acquisition of
Finxera Holdings, Inc.

"Priority reduced outstanding debt in 2020 and finished the year
with a strengthened credit profile despite the weak macro
environment" said Peter Krukovsky, Moody's Senior Analyst.
"Finxera's solid credit characteristics, the related refinancing of
the debt capital structure and equity capital issuance position
Priority for further positive credit profile evolution. The upgrade
incorporates governance considerations, including expectation of
balanced financial policies."

The following rating actions were taken:

Assignments:

Issuer: Priority Holdings, LLC

Probability of Default Rating, Assigned B2-PD

Speculative Grade Liquidity Rating, Assigned SGL-2

Corporate Family Rating, Assigned B2

Senior Secured 1st Lien Revolving Credit Facility, Assigned B2
(LGD3)

Senior Secured 1st Lien Term Loan B, Assigned B2 (LGD3)

Senior Secured 1st Lien Delayed Draw Term Loan, Assigned B2
(LGD3)

Withdrawals:

Issuer: Priority Payment Systems Holdings, LLC

Corporate Family Rating, Withdrawn , previously rated Caa1

Probability of Default Rating, Withdrawn , previously rated
Caa1-PD

Speculative Grade Liquidity Rating, Withdrawn , previously rated
SGL-4

Outlook Actions:

Issuer: Priority Holdings, LLC

Outlook, Assigned Stable

RATINGS RATIONALE

Priority's credit profile pro forma for the pending acquisition of
Finxera will be meaningfully improved compared to the situation at
the onset of the pandemic. The merchant acquiring business has
outperformed expectations since early 2020 with support from card
not present volumes and specialty acquiring, and the company grew
revenues and sustained margins during the downturn. The divestiture
of RentPayment at a gain with proceeds used for debt repayment
contributed to Moody's adjusted total debt reduction of $116
million in 2020. Finally, the acquisition of Finxera (purchase
price $425 million, expected to close in Q3 2021) adds an asset
with a solid credit profile, and the concurrent capital structure
refinancing contemplates issuance of $50 million in common equity
to Finxera shareholders and $200 million in preferred stock to a
new investor. Priority intends to replace the preferred stock with
permanent equity capital over time, and Moody's treats it as equity
capital in our credit ratios. These factors have driven Priority's
leverage down from about 8x at the end of 2019 to 5.3x at the end
of 2020 pro forma for Finxera, and Moody's projects leverage to
decline further in 2021 with continued EBITDA growth.

While Priority's credit profile has improved, the company operates
in a highly competitive SMB merchant acquiring sector which has
seen share gains by vertical-specific integrated payments
providers, e-commerce focused providers and payment facilitators.
Additionally, Finxera's growth may be muted in the near-term as
lender forbearance, government stimulus and increased consumer
saving rates during the pandemic reduce impetus for consumers to
seek debt settlement. The operations of Priority and Finxera are
disparate in nature and Moody's assumes minimal support from
synergies in the near-term. As such, continued prudent capital
structure strategy will be important for a sustained improvement of
the credit profile. Over time, management intends to pursue
alternatives to broaden the equity investor base consistent with
public company status.

FACTORS THAT COULD LEAD TO AN UPGRADE OR DOWNGRADE OF THE RATINGS

The stable outlook reflects Moody's expectation of organic EBITDA
growth driving gradual reduction of Moody's adjusted total leverage
to about 5x at the end of 2021. The ratings could be upgraded if
Priority demonstrates consistent revenue and EBITDA growth, and if
Moody's adjusted total leverage is sustained below 4.5x. The
ratings could be downgraded if Priority's revenues or profitability
decline, or if Moody's adjusted total leverage exceeds 6.0x.

The new credit facility is expected to contain covenant flexibility
for transactions that could adversely affect creditors, including
incremental facility capacity, the ability to release a guarantee
when a subsidiary is not wholly owned, and lack of "blocker"
restrictions on collateral leakage through transfer to unrestricted
subsidiaries.

With pro forma net revenues of $464 million in 2020, Priority is
payment solutions provider.

The principal methodology used in these ratings was Business and
Consumer Service Industry published in October 2016.


REGIONAL HEALTH: Posts $9.7 Million Net Loss in 2020
----------------------------------------------------
Regional Health Properties, Inc. filed with the Securities and
Exchange Commission its Annual Report on Form 10-K disclosing a net
loss attributable to common stockholders of $9.68 million on $17.58
million of total revenues for the year ended Dec. 31, 2020,
compared to a net loss attributable to common stockholders of $3.49
million on $20.13 million of total revenues for the year ended Dec.
31, 2019.

As of Dec. 31, 2020, the Company had $108.02 million in total
assets, $96.92 million in total liabilities, and $11.10 million in
total stockholders' equity.

The Company intends to pursue measures to grow its operations,
streamline its cost infrastructure and otherwise increase liquidity
including: (i) refinancing or repaying debt to reduce interest
costs and mandatory principal repayments, with such repayment to be
funded through potentially expanding borrowing arrangements with
certain lenders; (ii) increasing future lease revenue through
acquisitions and investments in existing properties; (iii)
modifying the terms of existing leases; (iv) replacing certain
tenants who default on their lease payment terms; and (v) reducing
other and general and administrative expenses.

Management anticipates access to several sources of liquidity,
including cash on hand, cash flows from operations, and debt
refinancing during the twelve months from March 29, 2021 (the date
of this filing).  At Dec. 31, 2020, the Company had $4.2 million in
unrestricted cash.  During the twelve months ended Dec. 31, 2020,
the Company generated positive cash flow from continuing operations
of $2.5 million and anticipates continued positive cash flow from
operations in the future, subject to the continued uncertainty of
the COVID-19 pandemic and its impact on the Company's business,
financial condition and results of operations.  As of Dec. 31,
2020, one operator (Wellington) accounted for approximately $1.3
million of rent arrears recorded in "Accounts receivable, net of
allowance" on its consolidated balance sheets.  The Company has
recorded an allowance of $1.4 million against a receivable of $2.7
million because the Company has determined that a full allowance is
not presently warranted as the Company has terminated the lease
effective Dec. 31, 2020 and received ownership of certain of
Wellington's receivables and is receiving on-going collection of
the receivables.

The Company is current with all of its debt and other financial
obligations.  The Company has benefited from various, stimulus
measures made available to it through the CARES Act enacted by
Congress in response to the COVID-19 pandemic which allowed for,
among other things: (i) a deferral of debt service payments on U.S.
Department of Agriculture ("USDA") loans to maturity, (ii) an
allowance for debt service payments to be made out of replacement
reserve accounts for U.S. Department of Housing and Urban
Development ("HUD") loans and (iii) debt service payments to be
made by the SBA on all SBA loans.

A full-text copy of the Form 10-K is available for free at:

https://www.sec.gov/Archives/edgar/data/1004724/000156459021016146/rhe-10k_20201231.htm

                      About Regional Health

Regional Health Properties, Inc. (NYSE American: RHE) (NYSE
American: RHEpA) -- http://www.regionalhealthproperties.com-- is a
self-managed healthcare real estate investment company that invests
primarily in real estate purposed for senior living and long-term
healthcare through facility lease and sub-lease transactions.


ROBBIN'S NEST: May 19 Plan & Disclosure Hearing Set
---------------------------------------------------
On March 25, 2021, debtor Robbin's Nest for Children LLC filed with
the U.S. Bankruptcy Court for the Southern District of Texas a
Disclosure Statement describing Plan of Reorganization.

On March 28, 2021, Judge Jeffrey Norman conditionally approved the
Disclosure Statement and established the following dates and
deadlines:

     * May 10, 2021, is fixed as the last day for filing written
acceptances or rejections of the plan. A ballot summary shall be
filed no later than 48 hours after this deadline.

     * May 19, 2021, at 1:30 p.m. is fixed for the hearing on final
approval of the disclosure statement (if a written objection has
been timely filed) and for the hearing on confirmation of the
plan.

     * May 10, 2021, is fixed as the last day for filing and
serving written objections to the disclosure statement and
confirmation of the plan.

A full-text copy of the order dated March 28, 2021, is available at
https://bit.ly/3whWoxz from PacerMonitor.com at no charge.

The Debtor is represented by:

     Margaret M. McClure, Esq.
     LAW OFFICE OF MARGARET M. MCCLURE
     909 Fannin, Suite 3810
     Houston, Tx 77010
     Phone: (713) 659-1333
     Fax: (713) 658-0334
     E-mail: margaret@mmmcclurelaw.com

                About Robbin's Nest for Children

Robbin's Nest for Children LLC sought protection for relief under
Chapter 11 of the Bankruptcy Code (Bankr. S.D. Tex. Case No. 20
33824) on July 31, 2020, listing under $1 million in both assets
and liabilities.  Judge Jeffrey P. Norman oversees the case.
Margaret M. McClure, Esq., at the LAW OFFICE OF MARGARET M.
MCCLURE, is the Debtor's counsel, and John F. Coggins is the
Debtor's accountant.


SANITECH LLC: Seeks Approval to Hire Dennery as Legal Counsel
-------------------------------------------------------------
Sanitech, LLC seeks approval from the U.S. Bankruptcy Court for the
Eastern District of Kentucky to hire Dennery, PLLC as its legal
counsel.

The firm will render these services:

     (a) prepare legal documents required by the Bankruptcy Code
and Rules;

     (b) advise the Debtor as to any potential sale or liquidation
of its assets and prepare related agreements;

     (c) draft and file a disclosure statement and plan of
reorganization and arrange for the solicitation of votes from
creditors;

     (d) draft preliminary projections for a plan reorganization
based on historical information;

     (e) communicate and seek common ground with Debtor's major
creditors;

     (f) correspond with the U.S. trustee and prepare any
pre-confirmation applications or reports required by related
administrative rules or guidelines;

     (g) take actions necessary to preserve and protect the
Debtor's assets and interests, including without limitation
objecting to claims, bringing adversary actions, and responding to
or defending against any objections, contests or adversary
proceedings; and

     (h) attend the initial debtor interview, meeting of creditors
and court hearings.

The Debtor has agreed to deposit a retainer of $12,500.

Dennery is a "disinterested person," as that term is defined in
Section 101(14) of the Bankruptcy Code, according to court papers
filed by the firm.

The firm can be reached through:

     J. Christian A. Dennery, Esq.
     Dennery, PLLC
     PO Box 121241
     Covington, KY 41012
     Tel: 859-445-5495
     Fax: 859-286-6726
     Email: jcdennery@dennerypllc.com

                        About Sanitech LLC

Sanitech, LLC sought protection for relief under Chapter 11 of the
Bankruptcy Code (Bankr. E.D. Ky. Case No. 21-20120) on Feb. 22,
2021, listing under $1 million in both assets and liabilities.  J.
Christian A. Dennery, Esq., at Dennery, PLLC, represents the Debtor
as legal counsel.


SCHOOL DISTRICT: Seeks to Hire Bruner Wright as Legal Counsel
-------------------------------------------------------------
School District Services, Inc. seeks approval from the U.S.
Bankruptcy Court for the Northern District of Florida to employ
Bruner Wright, P.A. as legal counsel in its Chapter 11 case.

The firm will be paid at these rates:

     Attorneys            $300 to $400 per hour
     Paralegals           $150 per hour

Bruner Wright was paid a retainer of $9,238 by the Debtor's
principal. Of that amount, $1,738 was used to pay the filing fee
and $600 was utilized in connection with the firm's pre-bankruptcy
services.

The firm will also be reimbursed for out-of-pocket expenses
incurred.

Byron Wright III, Esq. a partner at Bruner Wright, disclosed in a
court filing that the firm is a "disinterested person" as the term
is defined in Section 101(14) of the Bankruptcy Code.

The firm can be reached at:

     Byron Wright III, Esq.
     Bruner Wright, P.A.
     2810 Remington Green Circle
     Tallahassee, FL 32308
     Tel: (850) 385-0342
     Fax: (850) 270-2441
     Email: twright@brunerwright.com

                  About School District Services

School District Services, Inc. sought protection under Chapter 11
of the Bankruptcy Code (Bankr. N.D. Fla. Case No. 21-40092) on
March 19, 2021.  Ivery Luckey, chief executive officer, signed the
petition.  At the time of the filing, the Debtor disclosed assets
of between $1 million and $10 million and liabilities of the same
range.  Bruner Wright, P.A. is the Debtor's legal counsel.


SDI PROPERTIES: Trustee Hires Miles & Stockbridge as Counsel
------------------------------------------------------------
Patricia Jefferson, the Chapter 11 trustee for SDI Properties, LLC,
seeks approval from the U.S. Bankruptcy Court for the District of
Maryland to employ Miles & Stockbridge P.C. as her legal counsel.

The firm will provide these services:

   a. advise the trustee with respect to her rights, duties, and
powers in the Debtor's Chapter 11 case, including investigating and
prosecuting claims and causes of action;

   b. assist the trustee in her consultations with the Debtor and
other parties in interest relative to the administration of the
case;

   c. assist the trustee in analyzing the claims of creditors and
in negotiating with holders of claims;

   d. assist the trustee in her investigation of the acts, conduct,
assets, liabilities, and financial condition of the Debtor and of
the operation of the Debtor's business;

   e. assist the trustee in her investigation of the liens and
claims of the Debtor's pre-bankruptcy creditors and the prosecution
of any claims or causes of action revealed by such investigation;

   f. assist the trustee in connection with asset dispositions;

   g. assist the trustee in proposing a plan of reorganization and
in preparing a disclosure statement and related documents;

   h. advise the trustee as to her communications with secured and
unsecured creditors;

   i. represent the trustee at hearings and other proceedings;

   j. review and analyze applications, orders, statements of
operations, and schedules filed with the court and advise the
trustee as to propriety of the estate;

   k. assist the trustee in preparing pleadings and applications;

   l. perform other legal services.

Miles & Stockbridge will be paid at these rates:

     Principals                      $415 to $1,025 per hour
     Associates                      $285 to $495 per hour
     Staff Attorney/Of Counsel       $305 to $800 per hour
     Paralegals                      $195 to $390 per hour
     Law Clerks & Law Graduates      $275 to $375 per hour

The firm will also be reimbursed for out-of-pocket expenses
incurred.

As disclosed in court filings, Miles & Stockbridge is a
"disinterested person" as the term is defined in Section 101(14) of
the Bankruptcy Code.

The firm can be reached at:

     Patricia B. Jefferson, Esq.
     Emily K. Devan, Esq.
     John R. Goodridge, Esq.
     Miles & Stockbridge P.C.
     100 Light Street, 10th Floor
     Baltimore, MD 21202
     Tel: (410) 385-3405
     Email: bktrustee@milesstockbridge.com
            edevan@milesstockbridge.com
            jgoodridge@milesstockbridge.com

                       About SDI Properties

SDI Properties, LLC filed a petition under Chapter 11 of the
Bankruptcy Code (Bankr. D. Md. Case No. 20-20650) on Dec. 8, 2020.
In the petition signed by Trevor Sie-Duke, managing member, the
Debtor was estimated to have $1 million to $10 million in assets
and $10 million to $50 million in liabilities.

Judge Lori S. Simpson oversees the case.

The Debtor tapped the Law Offices of Richard B. Rosenblatt, PC as
its legal counsel and Gabriel Wureh, an accountant practicing in
Bowie, Md.

Patricia B. Jefferson is the Chapter 11 trustee appointed in the
Debtor's bankruptcy case.  Miles & Stockbridge P.C. is the Debtor's
legal counsel.


STA TRAVEL: Seeks to Hire CBRE Inc. as Real Estate Advisor
----------------------------------------------------------
STA Travel, Inc. seeks approval from the U.S. Bankruptcy Court for
the District of Delaware to employ CBRE, Inc. as real estate
advisor.

The firm will provide these services:

   a. confer with the Debtor's representatives to discuss its needs
and the parameters for a sale of its lease for a property located
at 722 Broadway, N.Y.;

   b. develop, design and implement a marketing plan and negotiate
for the assignment, sale or other disposition of the lease;

   c. provide real estate advice, analysis, market studies, market
data, comparables, and other relevant information;

   d. coordinate and organize the bidding procedures and sale
process; and

   e. assist the Debtor's attorneys and businesspersons responsible
for the documentation of any proposed transactions.

CBRE will be paid at these rates:

   a. A retainer fee of $5,000.

   b. In the event of (i) a sale of the Broadway lease, or (ii) an
assignment and assumption of the Broadway lease, the firm shall be
entitled to a fee calculated as 10 percent of the gross sales
proceeds of less than $500,000; 8 percent of the gross sales
proceeds between $500,001 and $750,000; 6 percent of the gross
sales proceeds between $750,001 and $1 million; and 4 percent of
the gross sales proceeds in excess of $1 million for the subject
transaction.

The firm will also be reimbursed for out-of-pocket expenses
incurred.

Bill Wright, a partner at CBRE, disclosed in a court filing that
the firm is a "disinterested person" as the term is defined in
Section 101(14) of the Bankruptcy Code.

The firm can be reached at:

     Bill Wright
     CBRE, Inc.
     2100 McKinney Avenue, Suite 1250
     Dallas, TX 757201
     Tel: (214) 863-4101
     Email: bill.wright@cbre.com

                         About STA Travel

STA Travel Inc., the U.S. unit of Switzerland-based STA Travel
Holding AG, operates as a travel company.  It operated a storefront
location at 722 Broadway, N.Y.

On March 3, 2021, STA Travel filed a petition under Subchapter V of
Chapter 11 of the Bankruptcy Code (Bankr. D. Del. Case No.
21-10511).  STA Travel had between $1 million and $10 million in
both assets and liabilities as of the bankruptcy filing.

The Debtor tapped Cozen O'Connor as its legal counsel and CBRE,
Inc. as its real estate advisor.  Omni Agent Solutions is the
claims agent.


SUZUKI CAPITAL: Seeks to Hire Platzer Swergold as Legal Counsel
---------------------------------------------------------------
Suzuki Capital, LLC seeks approval from the U.S. Bankruptcy Court
for the Southern District of New York to employ Platzer Swergold
Levine Goldberg Katz & Jaslow, LLP as its legal counsel.

The firm will provide these services:

   a. advise the Debtor regarding the administration of its Chapter
11 case;

   b. represent the Debtor before the court and advise the Debtor
of pending litigation, hearings, motions and of the decisions of
the court;

   c. analyze all applications, orders and motions filed with the
court by third parties;

   d. attend hearings and represent the Debtor at all
examinations;

   e. communicate with creditors;

   f. prepare applications and orders in support of positions taken
by the Debtor, prepare witnesses and review documents;

   g. confer with any accountants, brokers and consultants retained
by the Debtor and any other party;

   h. assist the Debtor in negotiations concerning the terms of a
proposed plan of reorganization;

   i. prepare a plan of reorganization; and

   j. perform other legal services necessary to administer the
Debtor's Chapter 11 case.

Platzer will be paid at these rates:

     Attorneys                $480 to $625 per hour
     Paralegals               $225 per hour

The firm will also be reimbursed for out-of-pocket expenses
incurred.

As disclosed in court filings, Platzer is a "disinterested person"
as the term is defined in Section 101(14) of the Bankruptcy Code.

The firm can be reached at:

     Clifford A. Katz, Esq.
     Platzer Swergold Levine
     Goldberg Katz & Jaslow, LLP
     475 Park Avenue South, 18 th Floor
     New York, NY 10016
     Tel: (212) 593-3000
     Email: ckatz@platzerlaw.com

                       About Suzuki Capital

Suzuki Capital, LLC sought protection under Chapter 11 of the
Bankruptcy Code (Bankr. S.D.N.Y. Case No. 21-10338) on Feb. 23,
2021.  Sammy Isamu Suzuki, chief executive officer, signed the
petition.  In the petition, the Debtor disclosed assets of between
$100,000 and $500,000 and liabilities of between $1 million and $10
million.

Judge Michael E. Wiles oversees the case.

Platzer Swergold Levine Goldberg Katz & Jaslow, LLP is the Debtor's
legal counsel.


TENET HEALTHCARE: Fitch Affirms 'B' LongTerm IDR, Outlook Stable
----------------------------------------------------------------
Fitch Ratings has affirmed Tenet Healthcare Corp.'s (THC) ratings,
including its Long-Term Issuer Default Rating (IDR) at 'B'. The
Rating Outlook remains Stable. The affirmation and Stable Outlook
reflect the issuer's solid competitive position as a healthcare
provider and the relative durability of its operational and
financial results amid the pandemic, offset in part by persistently
high debt leverage. Fitch expects leverage will remain in line with
the 'B' ratings through the rating horizon, but notes the potential
for further improvement depending on Tenet's capital allocation
priorities, including its potential Conifer segment spin-off.

KEY RATING DRIVERS

Hospitals Drive Operating Outlook: Tenet is one of the largest
for-profit operators of acute care hospitals in the U.S., and a
leading operator of ambulatory surgery centers (ASCs) through its
ownership of United Surgical Partners International (USPI). USPI
provides setting diversification, which Fitch expects will continue
to benefit from secular tailwinds. Tenet has set a public goal of
having USPI's EBITDA increase to 50% of total and the hospital
segment decrease to 35% in 2023. Fitch expects Tenet will use a
combination of acquisitions and de novo openings in USPI, hospital
dispositions and the relative growth rates for each segment to make
progress against its goal. For example, Tenet acquired 45 ASCs for
$1.1 billion in December 2020. Until then, the hospital segment
will be the main driver of the company's results, with a
contribution of about 80% and 50% of consolidated revenues and
EBITDA, respectively.

Pandemic Having Manageable Impact: Fitch expects healthcare
providers like Tenet will continue to be negatively impacted by the
pandemic (i.e. lower volumes, higher operating expenses) through at
least 2021. While volumes have not fully rebounded to pre-pandemic
levels, they have rebounded sharply from the 2Q20 lows, and
stabilized at levels where Tenet can support its current
capitalization and rating. Lower volumes have been offset in part
by some favorable rate changes from government payors, higher
acuity mix and Tenet's efforts to manage operating expenses.

Business Improvements Clouded by Pandemic: Prior to the pandemic,
Tenet had made progress against its objectives to improve
operations, rationalize its hospital footprint by exiting non-core
assets and markets and grow USPI. Fitch expects operating EBITDA
margins will rebound in 2021 towards pre-pandemic levels of 13%-14%
up from around 12% in 2016, and improve further as the higher
margin USPI segment's contributions become larger than the hospital
segment. Fitch expects Tenet will continue to focus on growing USPI
through both capital expenditures and acquisitions, which follows
Tenet's increased ownership stake to 95% from around 50%. Despite
pre-pandemic improvements in margins, Tenet's profitability
continues to lag its closest industry peers, which supports Fitch's
view that sustainably higher margins for Tenet are achievable but
not explicitly assumed in Fitch's forecasts.

Persistently High Gross Leverage: Fitch expects gross leverage
(after adjusting for cash distributions to non-controlling
interests (NCI) and the recent repayment of $478 million of senior
unsecured notes) will sustain around 6x through the rating horizon,
which is generally consistent with Tenet's public comments of
targeting less than 5x on a net basis before NCI for 2021. The
affirmation and Stable Outlook reflect that gross leverage has
remained high relative to peers despite the aforementioned
improvements. Gross debt has remained steady with $15.1 billion
currently outstanding pro forma for the recent debt repayment as
compared to $15.5 billion at Dec. 31, 2016. Fitch-calculated
leverage will improve by about 1x from around 7x towards 6x.

Latent Catalysts for Positive Momentum: The Stable Outlook reflects
Fitch's view that leverage will sustain around 6x as compared to
the 5.5x rating sensitivity for positive momentum. Nonetheless,
Fitch believes there are paths to positive rating actions in the
future. Tenet's management has publicly stated its intentions to
further improve its leverage, and is evaluating means to do so.
Specific and credible plans could be a catalyst for positive
momentum, as could more details on the timing, structure and
financial implications of a potential spin-off of its Conifer
segment. Lastly, operating performance and financial results that
meaningfully outperform Fitch's expectations could drive leverage
closer to 5.5x are not assumed but possible.

DERIVATION SUMMARY

Tenet's 'B' Long-Term IDR reflects the company's highly leveraged
balance sheet. Tenet's leverage is higher than its closest hospital
industry peers HCA Healthcare Inc. (HCA; BB/Stable) and Universal
Health Services Inc. (UHS; BB+/Stable). Tenet's operating and FCF
margins also lag these industry peers; however, Tenet has recently
made progress in closing the gap through cost-cutting measures and
the divestiture of lower margin hospitals. Tenet has a stronger
operating profile than similarly-rated peer Prime Healthcare
Services, Inc. (B) and lower-rated peer Community Health Systems
(CHS; CCC), which have lower and higher leverage than Tenet,
respectively. Similar to HCA and UHS, Tenet's operations are
primarily located in urban or large suburban markets that have
relatively favorable organic growth prospects.

KEY ASSUMPTIONS

Fitch's key assumptions within the rating case for the issuer
include:

-- Revenues and operating EBITDA rebound in 2021 but remain
    slightly below pre-pandemic levels before including a full
    year's contributions from the SCD acquisition in late 2020;

-- Revenue growth of 3%-5% thereafter with some margin
    improvement as the EBITDA mix shifts towards USPI;

-- Operating cashflows negatively affected in 2021 and 2022 as
    certain benefits from the CARES Act are unwound (e.g. Medicare
    Advance Payments, deferred payroll taxes);

-- Capex approximating 3%-4% of revenues per year and $250
    million of acquisitions per year to accelerate USPI's growth;

-- The repayment of the $478 million of notes due 2025 in 2021
    and no other meaningful changes to gross debt or equity
    issuances/repurchases;

-- Fitch has not explicitly assumed the potential Conifer spin
    off, or the acquisition of the remaining interest in USPI.

RATING SENSITIVITIES

Factors that could, individually or collectively, lead to positive
rating action/upgrade:

-- An expectation of debt/EBITDA after associate and minority
    dividends sustained below 5.5x;

-- An expectation for FCF margin sustained above 2%.

Factors that could, individually or collectively, lead to negative
rating action/downgrade:

-- Debt/EBITDA after associate and minority dividends sustained
    above 7.0x;

-- An expectation for consistently break-even to negative FCF
    margin.

BEST/WORST CASE RATING SCENARIO

International scale credit ratings of Non-Financial Corporate
issuers have a best-case rating upgrade scenario (defined as the
99th percentile of rating transitions, measured in a positive
direction) of three notches over a three-year rating horizon; and a
worst-case rating downgrade scenario (defined as the 99th
percentile of rating transitions, measured in a negative direction)
of four notches over three years. The complete span of best- and
worst-case scenario credit ratings for all rating categories ranges
from 'AAA' to 'D'. Best- and worst-case scenario credit ratings are
based on historical performance.

LIQUIDITY AND DEBT STRUCTURE

Liquidity Profile Solid: Tenet's sources of liquidity include $2.4
billion of cash at Dec. 31, 2020. The company has access to an
undrawn $1.9 billion ABL facility that matures in September 2024.
Tenet's debt agreements do not include financial maintenance
covenants aside from a 1.5x fixed-charge coverage ratio test in the
bank agreement that is only in effect during a liquidity event,
defined as whenever available ABL capacity is less than $100
million. The aforementioned sources were likely reduced by $478
million upon the repayment of the senior unsecured notes in March
2021. The next significant debt maturity is $1.9 billion of
unsecured notes maturing in June 2023. Fitch expects free cash flow
will be between $300 million to $500 million per year before the
unwinding of benefits from the CARES Act (i.e. $1.5 billion of
advanced Medicare payments and $275 million of deferred payroll
taxes) in 2021 and 2022.

DEBT NOTCHING CONSIDERATIONS: The 'BB'/'RR1' and 'B+'/'RR3' ratings
for Tenet's ABL facility and the senior secured first-lien notes
reflect Fitch's expectation of recovery for the ABL facility in the
91% to 100% range and recovery for the first lien secured notes in
the 51%-70% range under a bankruptcy scenario. The 'B'/'RR4' rating
on the senior secured second-lien notes and senior unsecured notes
reflect Fitch's expectations of recovery of outstanding principal
in the 31%-50% range.

Fitch estimates an enterprise value (EV) on a going-concern basis
of $9 billion for Tenet, after a deduction of 10% for
administrative claims. The EV assumption is based on
post-reorganization EBITDA after dividends to associates and
minorities of $1.4 billion and a 7.0x multiple. Fitch does not
believe that the coronavirus pandemic has changed the longer-term
valuation prospects for the hospital industry, and Tenet's
post-reorganization EBITDA and multiple assumptions are unchanged
from the last ratings review.

The post-reorganization EBITDA estimate is approximately 28% lower
than Fitch's 2020 EBITDA for Tenet excluding grant income and
considers the attributes of the acute care hospital sector and
includes the following: a high proportion of revenue (30%-40%)
generated by government payors, exposing hospital companies to
unforeseen regulatory changes; the legal obligation of hospital
providers to treat uninsured patients, resulting in a high
financial burden for uncompensated care, and the highly regulated
nature of the hospital industry.

The 7.0x multiple employed for Tenet reflects a history of
acquisition multiples for large acute care hospital companies with
similar business profiles as Tenet in the range of 7.0x-10.0x since
2006 and trading multiples (EV/EBITDA) of Tenet's peer group (HCA,
UHS and CHS), which have fluctuated between approximately 6.5x and
9.5x since 2011.

Based on the definitions of Tenet's secured debt agreements, Fitch
believes that the group of hospital operating subsidiaries that
guarantee the secured debt excludes any non-wholly owned and
non-domestic subsidiaries, and therefore, does not encompass part
of the value of the Conifer and ambulatory care segments.

The hospital operations segment contributes about 50% of
consolidated EBITDA (53% pre-pandemic and 47% for 2021 guidance
which reflects 2020 ASC acquisitions), and Fitch uses this value as
a proxy to determine the rough value of the secured debt collateral
of $4.5 billion. Fitch assumes this amount is completely consumed
by the ABL facility and the first-lien lenders, leaving $4.5
billion of residual value to be distributed on a pro rata basis to
the remaining first-lien claims and the second-lien secured and
unsecured claims. Tenet's debt instrument ratings are sensitive to
relative debt levels given the significance of the assets outside
of the collateral pool. Upsized issuances could have rating
implications for all debt levels depending on the use of proceeds
given each instrument's recoveries are towards the low-end of their
respective Recovery Rating range.

The ABL facility is assumed to be fully recovered before the other
secured debt in the capital structure. The ABL facility is secured
by a first-priority lien on the patient accounts receivable of all
of the borrower's wholly owned hospital subsidiaries, while the
first- and second-lien secured notes are secured by the capital
stock of the operating subsidiaries, making the notes structurally
subordinate to the ABL facility with respect to the accounts
receivable collateral. Fitch assumes that Tenet would draw the full
amount available on the ABL facility in a bankruptcy scenario, and
includes that amount in the claims waterfall.

SUMMARY OF FINANCIAL ADJUSTMENTS

Fitch has removed the effects of certain portions of the CARES Act
from operating EBITDA and changes in working capital in 2020 that
were deemed to be non-recurring (i.e. grant monies) or temporary
(i.e. accelerated Medicare payments, deferred payroll taxes) and
reallocated to non-recurring lines.

ESG CONSIDERATIONS

Tenet has an ESG Relevance Score of '4' for Exposure to Social
Impacts due to societal and regulatory pressures to constrain
growth in healthcare spending in the U.S. This dynamic has a
negative impact on the credit profile, and is relevant to the
rating in conjunction with other factors.

Unless otherwise disclosed in this section, the highest level of
ESG credit relevance is a score of '3'. This means ESG issues are
credit-neutral or have only a minimal credit impact on the entity,
either due to their nature or the way in which they are being
managed by the entity.


TI GROUP: Moody's Affirms B1 CFR & Alters Outlook to Positive
-------------------------------------------------------------
Moody's Investors Service affirmed TI Group Automotive Systems
L.L.C.'s B1 corporate family rating, B1-PD Probability of Default
Rating and B1 senior secured bank credit facility rating. The
Speculative Grade Liquidity Rating was upgraded to SGL-2. The
rating outlook was changed to positive from stable.

The actions reflect Moody's expectation for TI Group to resume
margin expansion in 2021, boosted by recovering light vehicle
volumes and increasing content per vehicle on the range of electric
vehicle platforms. The actions also include expectations for the
company to extend its track record of solidly positive free cash
flow generation, providing flexibility to accelerate debt repayment
beyond internal growth investments.

RATINGS RATIONALE

TI Group's ratings reflect its market and technological leadership
position in automotive fluid systems (fluid storage, carrying and
delivery systems), highly diverse and balanced customer and
geographic exposures and solid margin profile supported by a
flexible cost structure. The company's ability to easily pivot to
electrified applications, including battery electric vehicle
thermal products and systems and hybrid electric vehicle thermal
products and systems and pressure resistant fuel tanks, should
continue driving greater content per vehicle over time. TI Group's
advancing technologies resulted in nearly half of 2020's new
business wins coming from electric vehicle platforms, highlighting
good balance between traditional internal combustion engine
revenues and evolving focus towards electric propulsion

Debt-to-EBITDA is expected to fall to the 3x-range (after Moody's
standard adjustments) by year-end 2021 with free cash flow positive
but lower than 2020's level due to growth in working capital and
capital expenditures, and resumption of the dividend policy.
Moody's anticipates margins to rebound over the next couple of
years along with continued growth in global light vehicle volumes.

The positive outlook incorporates Moody's expectation for margins
to sustain a trajectory back to levels generated before the
pandemic by late-2022, while generating free cash flow consistent
with that timeframe despite higher growth spending. The outlook
also considers TI Group's success in capturing similar-margin new
business across all platforms, including electric vehicles as they
steadily gain market share.

TI Group's liquidity is good, supported by Moody's expectations of
cash in the EUR400 million - EUR430 million range and availability
under the revolving credit facility. Cash on hand was approximately
EUR486 million and the $225 million revolving credit facility was
fully available at December 31, 2020. Moody's anticipates free cash
flow generation of approximately EUR70 million in 2021 as
recovering global automotive production will likely consume cash in
the first half of 2021.

The following ratings/assessments are affected by the action:

Ratings Affirmed:

Issuer: TI Group Automotive Systems L.L.C.

Corporate Family Rating, Affirmed B1

Probability of Default Rating, Affirmed B1-PD

Senior Secured Term Loan B, Affirmed B1 (LGD3)

Senior Secured Revolving Credit Facility, Affirmed B1 (LGD3)

Ratings Upgraded:

Issuer: TI Group Automotive Systems L.L.C.

Speculative Grade Liquidity Rating, Upgraded to SGL-2 from SGL-3

Outlook Actions:

Issuer: TI Group Automotive Systems L.L.C.

Outlook, Changed To Positive From Stable

FACTORS THAT COULD LEAD TO AN UPGRADE OR DOWNGRADE OF THE RATINGS

The ratings could be upgraded with improving earnings that provide
the expectation of continued, solid free cash flow, along with debt
reduction such that debt-to-EBITDA is sustained below 2.5x and
EBITA-to-interest sustained over 4.5x. Important considerations for
any upgrade would be good liquidity and financial policies that
balance shareholder returns with capital reinvestment and debt
reduction. The ratings could be downgraded with the expectation of
EBITA-to-interest under 3.5x, debt-to-EBITDA sustained above 4x
into 2021, or a deteriorating liquidity profile. The ratings could
also be downgraded if shareholder distributions or acquisitions
result in leverage expected to be sustained at the above
threshold.

TI Group's products and services are exposed to material
environmental risks from increasing regulations on carbon
emissions. Automotive manufacturers have accelerated their focus on
electrified products to meet increasingly stringent regulatory
requirements. As automotive sales shift to hybrid electric and
battery electric vehicles, TI Group is shifting its product mix
more towards thermal cooling and heating products and plastic and
pressure-resistant fuel tanks. Nonetheless, even with this gradual
shift to electrification, internal combustion engines will maintain
a meaningful presence in vehicle powertrains over the next decade.

The principal methodology used in these ratings was Automotive
Supplier Methodology published in January 2020.

TI Group Automotive Systems, L.L.C., a subsidiary of TI Fluid
Systems plc, is a leading global manufacturer of fluid storage,
carrying and delivery systems primarily serving automotive OEMs of
light vehicles. Fuel Tank and Delivery Systems represent roughly
45% of revenues with Fluid Carrying Systems 55%. Revenues for the
year ended December 31, 2020 were approximately EUR2.8 billion.

TI Fluid Systems plc has been majority owned by affiliates of and
funds advised by Bain Capital, LP since 2015.


TORY BURCH: Moody's Assigns First Time Ba3 Corp. Family Rating
--------------------------------------------------------------
Moody's Investors Service assigned first-time ratings to Tory Burch
LLC, including a Ba3 corporate family rating, Ba3-PD probability of
default rating and Ba2 ratings to the company's proposed $200
million senior secured first lien revolver expiring 2026 and $600
million senior secured first lien term loan due 2028. The outlook
is positive.

Proceeds from the proposed term loan will be used to refinance
existing debt, repurchase a minority equity stake, and pay for fees
and expenses.

The rating assignment incorporates governance considerations,
including the company's balanced financial strategies including the
maintenance of moderate leverage and very good liquidity. The
rating also reflects "key woman" risk with its founder Tory Burch,
who remains closely associated with the brand and is a key driver
of creative and marketing direction. The company is controlled by
Tory Burch and private equity firms that support a lower level of
leverage and have longer investment horizons than typical financial
sponsors.

Moody's assigned the following ratings for Tory Burch LLC:

Corporate Family Rating, Assigned Ba3

Probability of Default Rating, Assigned Ba3-PD

Senior Secured 1st Lien Revolving Credit Facility, Assigned Ba2
(LGD3)

Senior Secured 1st Lien Term Loan, Assigned Ba2 (LGD3)

Outlook, Assigned Positive

RATINGS RATIONALE

Tory Burch's Ba3 CFR reflects its well-known brand, global presence
and diversified sales channels with a well-developed digital
business, balanced store footprint, and tightly controlled
wholesale distribution. The company has maintained solid gross
margins as a result of its focus on disciplined growth and
effective digital marketing strategies. Revenues performed roughly
in line with luxury peers declining 15% in 2020 as a result of the
pandemic, and were supported by a rapid recovery in China,
relatively high e-commerce penetration, and new product launches.
Moody's expects a strong earnings improvement over the next 12-18
months towards levels within 15% of 2019, driven by a recovery in
global spending on footwear, accessories and apparel, particularly
among the higher income demographic. Together with potential debt
repayment, this would lead to lease-adjusted debt/EBITDA decreasing
to 3.5-3.8x from 4.8x (pro-forma, as of fiscal year ending January
2, 2021), and EBIT/interest expense rising to about 2.7x from 1.4x.
Moody's expects Tory Burch to have very good liquidity over the
next 12-18 months. Pro-forma for the transaction, the company will
have $148 million of cash and over $200 million of revolver
availability including the undrawn US revolving credit facility.
Liquidity will also benefit from positive expected free cash flow,
a springing covenant-only capital structure, and a lack of near
term maturities.

The rating is constrained by the Tory Burch's relatively small
scale and high fashion risk as a single-brand company in the highly
competitive accessories, footwear and apparel category. The company
also has a limited history at this scale, and although it has
invested in building talent, the brand is tied to its founder,
creating material key woman risk. While significant investments
have been made in infrastructure over the past several years, in
Moody's view further focus on omnichannel and global capabilities
is needed to support the company's growth. Tory Burch is committed
to social and environmental issues including through its namesake
foundation and, as a luxury retailer, needs to make ongoing
investments in ESG factors including responsible sourcing, product
and supply sustainability, privacy and data protection.

The positive outlook reflects Moody's expectations for solid
earnings growth, debt repayment and very good liquidity over the
next 12-18 months.

FACTORS THAT COULD LEAD TO AN UPGRADE OR DOWNGRADE OF THE RATINGS

The ratings could be upgraded if Tory Burch increases its scale and
demonstrates consistent comparable sales growth, while maintaining
solid operating margins, very good liquidity and a balanced
financial strategy. Quantitatively, an upgrade would require
debt/EBITDA sustained below 3.25 times and EBIT/interest expense
above 3.5 times.

The ratings could be downgraded if operating performance does not
improve in 2021 as anticipated, or if gross margins decline,
indicating increased promotional activity or the brand losing
resonance with customers. Quantitatively, the ratings could be
downgraded if debt/EBITDA is sustained above 4.25 times or
EBIT/interest expense is below 2.5 times.

As proposed, the new credit facilities are expected to provide
covenant flexibility that if utilized could negatively impact
creditors. Notable terms include the following: Incremental debt
capacity up to the greater of 100% of 2020 adjusted EBITDA or 100%
of future LTM adjusted EBITDA, plus unlimited amounts subject to
2.6x first lien net leverage. Except in the case of a bridge loan
the terms of which provide for an automatic extension of the
maturity date, no portion of the incremental may be incurred with
an earlier maturity than the initial term loans. The credit
agreement prohibits the sale or transfer of material intellectual
property to unrestricted subsidiaries, which limits collateral
"leakage" to unrestricted subsidiaries. Non-wholly-owned
subsidiaries are not required to provide guarantees; dividends or
transfers resulting in partial ownership of subsidiary guarantors
could jeopardize guarantees, with no explicit protective provisions
limiting such guarantee releases. The revolver has a springing net
leverage covenant, which is tested if borrowings exceed 35% of
capacity. The proposed terms and the final terms of the credit
agreement may be materially different.

Headquartered in New York, New York, Tory Burch LLC is a designer
and retailer of luxury women's handbags, small leather goods,
footwear, apparel and accessories. The company's products are sold
through its e-commerce operations, 235 company-operated retail
stores across the globe and wholesale partners. Revenue for the
year ended January 2, 2021 was approximately $1.2 billion.

The principal methodology used in these ratings was Retail Industry
published in May 2018.


TRIDENT HOLDINGS: Seeks to Hire Andersen Law Firm as Counsel
------------------------------------------------------------
Trident Holdings, LLC seeks approval from the U.S. Bankruptcy Court
for the District of Nevada to employ Andersen Law Firm, Ltd. as its
legal counsel.

The firm will provide these services:

   a. advise the Debtor of its powers and duties in the continued
management and operation of its business and property;

   b. attend meetings, negotiate with representatives of creditors
and other parties in interest, and advise the Debtor on the conduct
of its Chapter 11 case, including the legal and administrative
requirements of operating in Chapter 11;

   c. take all necessary action to protect and preserve the
bankruptcy estate, including the prosecution of actions on its
behalf, the defense of any actions commenced against the bankruptcy
estate, negotiations concerning all litigation in which the Debtor
may be involved, and objections to claims filed against the
bankruptcy estate;

   d. prepare legal papers;

   e. negotiate and prepare a plan of reorganization, disclosure
statement and all related documents, and take any necessary action
to obtain confirmation of the plan;

   f. advise the Debtor in connection with any sale of its assets;

   g. appear before the bankruptcy court, any appellate courts, and
the Office of the U.S. Trustee; and

   h. perform all other legal services necessary to administer the
Debtor's Chapter 11 case.

Andersen Law Firm will be paid at these rates:

     Attorneys             $455 per hour
     Paralegals            $145 per hour

The firm will also be reimbursed for out-of-pocket expenses
incurred.


The retainer fee is $10,000.

Ryan Andersen, Esq., a partner at Andersen Law Firm, disclosed in a
court filing that the firm is a "disinterested person" as the term
is defined in Section 101(14) of the Bankruptcy Code.

The firm can be reached at:

     Ryan A. Andersen, Esq.
     Andersen Law Firm, Ltd.
     3199 E Warm Springs Rd, Ste 400
     Las Vegas, NV 89120
     Tel: (702) 522-1992
     Fax: (702) 825-2824
     Email: ryan@vegaslawfirm.legal

                      About Trident Holdings

Trident Holdings, LLC filed a Chapter 11 bankruptcy petition
(Bankr. D. Nev. Case No. 21-11260) on March 16, 2021.  The Debtor
is represented by Andersen Law Firm, Ltd.


UNITED AIRLINES: Fitch Cuts IDR to 'B+' & Alters Outlook to Stable
------------------------------------------------------------------
Fitch Ratings has downgraded United Airlines' Issuer Default Rating
to 'B+' from 'BB-' and revised the Outlook to Stable. The pace of
air traffic recovery combined with pressure on the balance sheet
will make it difficult for United to achieve credit metrics that
support the 'BB-' rating before 2023, prompting the one-notch
downgrade to 'B+'. United's balance sheet debt increased by $12.2
billion in 2020, equivalent to approximately 1.5 turns of 2019
EBITDAR. Gross debt may increase further assuming United draws its
availability under the government Coronavirus Aid, Relief, and
Economic Security (CARES) Act loan. Fitch believes that United's
gross leverage could remain near 5x or higher by the end of 2023
which is high for a 'BB' category rating. United will have limited
remaining unencumbered assets, leaving the company with reduced
financial flexibility compared to prior to the pandemic.

However, United Airlines managed the crisis effectively despite its
network having more exposure to international markets that were
heavily impacted by the virus. Fitch views the downside risks to
United's rating as decreasing, driving the Stable Outlook.

KEY RATING DRIVERS

Industry Update:

Airline traffic has recovered more slowly than Fitch's prior
expectations through 1Q21. Global outbreaks of COVID caused a
reimposition of travel restrictions and for leisure travel to be
discouraged. U.S. traffic and bookings have improved materially in
recent weeks around spring break, leading to rising passenger
counts in March, but overall performance in 1Q21 remains weak.

Fitch's prior forecasts had anticipated that at this point in the
crisis, traffic would be down by approximately 40%-45% compared to
2019 levels. While passenger counts are improving to 30%- 40% on
peak travel days, rolling seven-day averages remain 50% or more
below 2019 levels. Traffic as measured by RPMs will be worse than
passenger counts due to the lack of long-haul travel. 2Q21 and
beyond may be more promising, with several carriers reporting
stronger bookings. For example, American reported that bookings in
recent weeks have been only 20% below 2019 levels, the largest
improvement since the start of the pandemic.

Traffic Rebound Expected but Uncertainties Remain: Fitch
anticipates a fairly robust rebound, particular in leisure and VFR
traffic, once traveler confidence improves driven by a great deal
of pent up demand. Recent surveys conducted by IATA and Oliver
Wyman indicate that a majority of respondents expect to travel as
much or more once the pandemic is over compared to pre-pandemic
level, with most respondents also indicating a desire to prioritize
travel in the future.

Fitch also believes that the economic impacts of the pandemic have
been disproportionately weighted toward lower income households.
Higher earners, who have a higher propensity to travel, have been
less impacted, and may help to drive the rebound in travel later
this year. Although the successful development of COVID vaccines
has driven an improvement to Fitch's sector outlook, serious
uncertainties remain. There is a possibility that new variants of
the coronavirus could prolong the epidemic and delay a recovery in
travel. Travel restrictions will also likely limit long-haul travel
recovery, and the pandemic's impact on lucrative business travel
remains uncertain.

Improved Cash Burn: United recently announced that it expects core
cash flow to turn positive in March based on the recent uptick in
bookings, and to remain positive assuming the booking trajectory
continues. United's definition of core cash flow excludes debt
principal payments, capex and certain one-time items and so does
not reflect all cash inflows and outflows. Nonetheless, the turn to
positive represents a meaningful improvement after burning cash for
nearly a full year.

Material Cost Cuts: Permanent changes to the airline's cost
structure will be key to returning to pre-pandemic levels of
profitability. United announced on its first quarter earnings call
that it will permanently reduce annual operating costs by $2
billion and expects to exceed 2019 EBITDA margins by 2023. Fitch's
forecast is more conservative. The agency does not anticipate a
return to 2019 level margins until 2024 driven by a slow rebound in
demand. Expense reduction comes through a permanently lower level
of management head count, reduced number of regional partners and
renegotiated agreements with suppliers.

Capital spending: United expects gross capex to total $4.4 billion
in 2021 and it has capital commitments for nearly $3 billion in
both 2022 and 2023. The company has stated that it will not take
delivery of new aircraft unless they are fully financed, so capital
spending is not expected to be a major net drain on cash. However,
the company's ability to reduce its gross debt balance will be
limited over the next two years. United's fleet is older than its
network peers with an average age of 16 years vs. 13.5 for Delta
and 10.8 for American, resulting in relatively high spending
requirements at United.

Recovery Ratings:

Fitch uses a bespoke approach to recovery ratings for issuers rated
in the 'B' category as opposed to a generic uplift approach for
'BB' category issuers. Fitch's recovery analysis assumes that
United would be reorganized as a going concern in bankruptcy rather
than liquidated. Fitch has assumed a 10% administrative claim. The
going concern (GC) EBITDA estimate reflects Fitch's view of a
sustainable, post-reorganization EBITDA level upon which the agency
bases the enterprise valuation. Fitch uses a GC EBITDA estimate of
$5.5 billion and a 5.5x multiple, generating an estimated GC
enterprise value (EV) of $27.3 billion after an estimated 10% in
administrative claims. This analysis yields a recovery rating of
'RR2' for senior secured creditors, reflecting the possibility that
recovery for secured parties could be diluted given the amount of
senior debt raised through the downturn. Likewise, United's
unsecured recovery rating of 'RR6' reflects the large amount of
secured debt in United's capital structure.

Enhanced Equipment Trust Certificate (EETC) Ratings: Subordinated
tranche ratings of United's EETC transactions may be impacted by
the downgrade of United's IDR. Fitch will be reviewing United's
EETC ratings in the coming weeks.

DERIVATION SUMMARY

United's 'B+' rating remains two notches above American and three
notches below Delta. The rating differential is driven, in part, by
Fitch's expectation that United's leverage metrics post-pandemic
will remain favorable compared to American's, but still too high to
support a rating in the 'BB' category.

KEY ASSUMPTIONS

-- Airline traffic (RPMs) remains 45% or more below 2019 levels
    in 2021, only fully recovering to 2019 levels by 2024.
    Domestic and leisure travel are likely to rebound more
    quickly. Fitch believes that leisure travel could be back to
    2019 levels on a run rate basis some time in 2023;

-- Fitch's models assume jet fuel prices of approximately
    $1.60/gallon in 2021, rising to $1.80/gallon in 2023. Actual
    jet fuel prices have risen above these levels in recent weeks,
    with spot prices hovering around $1.75. Into-plane prices,
    including taxes, are modestly higher. Incorporating higher
    fuel prices into Fitch's models would drive modestly lower
    margins and greater cash burn in 2021 and 2022, but Fitch
    believes that the impact by the end of the forecast period
    would be less minimal as demand normalizes and the airlines
    are able to raise ticket prices.

-- Fitch expects revenue per available seat mile (RASM) for the
    industry to remain below 2019 levels through the forecast
    period driven by intense competition.

RATING SENSITIVITIES

Factors that could, individually or collectively, lead to positive
rating action/upgrade:

-- Increasing evidence of a sustainable recovery in air travel;

-- Adjusted debt/EBITDAR trending towards 4x;

-- FFO fixed-charge towards 2.5x;

-- Neutral to positive sustained FCF.

Factors that could, individually or collectively, lead to negative
rating action/downgrade:

-- Prolonged downturn in air traffic persisting through 2021;

-- Adjusted debt/EBITDAR sustained above 5x;

-- FFO fixed charge coverage sustained below 1.5x;

-- EBITDAR margins deteriorating into the low double-digit range;

-- Persistently negative or negligible FCF.

BEST/WORST CASE RATING SCENARIO

International scale credit ratings of Non-Financial Corporate
issuers have a best-case rating upgrade scenario (defined as the
99th percentile of rating transitions, measured in a positive
direction) of three notches over a three-year rating horizon; and a
worst-case rating downgrade scenario (defined as the 99th
percentile of rating transitions, measured in a negative direction)
of four notches over three years. The complete span of best- and
worst-case scenario credit ratings for all rating categories ranges
from 'AAA' to 'D'. Best- and worst-case scenario credit ratings are
based on historical performance.

LIQUIDITY AND DEBT STRUCTURE

Solid Liquidity: Risks for United are mitigated by a solid
liquidity balance. Fitch believes that, given a rebound in traffic
in 2H21, United may be able to end the year with $17 billion in
liquidity. The company raised roughly $27 billion in 2020 through a
combination of debt, equity, and government grants, ending the year
with $12.7 billion in available liquidity excluding $7 billion in
available loans under the CARES Act. Fitch's models assume that
United will draw on its CARES Act loan. Liquidity was bolstered in
1Q21 through United's $600 million subordinated EETC tranche
issuance, and another $2.6 billion in funds received through the
second round of the government's Payroll Support Program (PSP2).
United is likely to receive a similar amount in the third round of
payroll support that was included in President Biden's coronavirus
relief package.

ESG CONSIDERATIONS

Unless otherwise disclosed in this section, the highest level of
ESG credit relevance is a score of '3'. This means ESG issues are
credit-neutral or have only a minimal credit impact on the entity,
either due to their nature or the way in which they are being
managed by the entity.


UNITED SHORE: Fitch Rates Proposed $700MM Unsecured Debt 'B+'
-------------------------------------------------------------
Fitch Ratings has assigned an expected rating of 'B+' to the
proposed $700 million unsecured debt issuance by United Shore
Financial Services, LLC (United Wholesale). Proceeds are expected
to be used to for general corporate purposes. United Wholesale has
a Long-Term Issuer Default Rating (IDR) of 'BB-'. The Rating
Outlook is Stable.

KEY RATING DRIVERS

The expected rating on United Wholesale's senior unsecured debt is
one notch below the Long-Term IDR, given its subordination to
secured debt in the capital structure and a limited pool of
unencumbered assets, which results in weaker relative recovery
prospects in a stressed scenario.

United Wholesale's ratings reflects its solid franchise, with
leading market share in the wholesale U.S. residential mortgage
segment, solid asset quality performance in the servicing
portfolio, strong earnings generation, improving capitalization,
sufficient earnings coverage of interest expenses, a sufficiently
robust and integrated technology platform, and experienced
management team with extensive industry background. The ratings are
also supported by Fitch's expectation for increased funding
flexibility following the execution of the planned senior unsecured
note issuance.

Rating constraints include the challenging economic backdrop, which
Fitch believes may pressure asset quality over the medium term,
continued reliance on secured short-term wholesale funding
facilities, with relatively limited duration, the breach of
financial covenants during the early part of the coronavirus
pandemic, and elevated keyperson risk related to the CEO and
president, Mat Ishbia, who, together with the Ishbia family,
exercises significant control over the company as majority
shareholders. Additionally, the company's exclusive focus on the
wholesale mortgage channel acts as a rating constraint, as volumes
may be dependent on the outlook for the channel if further market
share gains are limited.

United Wholesale's leverage (gross debt/tangible equity) amounted
to 3.4x at Dec. 31, 2020, down materially from 8.5x at YE 2019 due
to increased net income and growth in retained earnings. Pro forma
for the unsecured note issuance, Fitch expects United Wholesale's
leverage will increase to 3.7x. This falls within Fitch's 'bbb'
category capitalization and leverage benchmark range of 3.0x-5.0x
for balance sheet heavy finance and leasing companies with an 'a'
category operating environment score. Fitch expects leverage to be
maintained around 4.0x over the Outlook horizon, as occasional
shareholder distributions should be sufficiently offset by the
retention of strong earnings.

Corporate tangible leverage, which excludes the balances under
warehouse facilities from gross debt, was 0.5x at Dec. 31, 2020 and
expected to be 0.8x pro forma for the new issuance, which is below
the net debt incurrence covenant of 2.0x set forth under United
Wholesale's senior unsecured notes. Fitch believes the cushion on
this covenant provides sufficient operating flexibility.

Consistent with other mortgage companies, United Wholesale remains
reliant on the wholesale debt market to fund operations. Secured
debt was 90% of total debt at YE 2020, comprised of warehouse
facilities and secured bank lines of credit. Although United
Wholesale's warehouse lenders are diverse, comprised of 15 global
and regional banks, approximately 18.8% of its facilities were
committed at YE 2020, which is below peers and finance and leasing
companies. Fitch views the company's plans to convert 35%-40% of
total warehouse capacity to committed facilities in the coming
months as favorable. United Wholesale's funding tenor is also
short-duration, with the majority of facilities maturing within one
year, well above that of other non-bank financial institutions,
which exposes United Wholesale to increased liquidity and
refinancing risk. Fitch would view an extension of the firm's
funding duration favorably.

Should United Wholesale execute on the unsecured issuance of $1.0
billion, Fitch estimates that the percentage of unsecured
debt/total debt would increase to 20.4%, as of YE 2020, which is
within Fitch's 'bb' category benchmark range of 10%-40% for
funding, liquidity and coverage, for balance sheet heavy finance
and leasing companies with an 'a' category operating environment
score. Fitch would view further increases in unsecured funding
favorably, as it would increase unencumbered assets and enhance the
firm's funding flexibility, particularly in times of stress.

Fitch views United Wholesale's liquidity profile as strong given
actions already taken to shore up liquidity in response to the
pandemic, which would be further augmented by the expected
unsecured issuance. As of YE 2020, United Wholesale had
approximately $1.2 billion of unrestricted cash, which is expected
to increase to $1.9 billion, pro forma for the unsecured issuance.
The liquidity position would be further enhanced if United
Wholesale is able to execute on its plans to increase its committed
funding.

The Stable Outlook reflects Fitch's expectation that United
Wholesale will maintain sufficient liquidity to address potential
increases in servicing advances due to consumer mortgage
forbearance programs in the event of another wave of the pandemic.
The Outlook also reflects expectations for relatively stable
leverage following the issuance of the unsecured notes, strong and
consistent earnings generation and execution on plans to increase
the proportion of committed credit facilities to 35%-40%.

RATING SENSITIVITIES

If the expected rating assigned to the unsecured debt were
converted to final rating, it would thereafter be sensitive to
changes in the Long-Term IDR and would be expected to move in
tandem. However, a material increase in unencumbered assets and/or
an increase in the proportion of unsecured funding could result in
a narrowing of the notching between United Wholesale's Long-Term
IDR and the unsecured notes.

Factors that could, individually or collectively, lead to negative
rating action/downgrade:

-- An inability to continue to increase the proportion of
    committed funding, or the inability to effectively manage
    elevated servicer advance levels stemming from an increase in
    forbearance by borrowers and the potential for higher
    delinquencies following the lapse of forbearance programs;

-- Leverage sustained above 5.0x over the horizon, increased
    utilization of secured funding that constrains the company's
    funding flexibility, regulatory scrutiny resulting in United
    Wholesale incurring substantial fines that negatively impact
    its franchise or operating performance, or the departure of
    Ishbia, who has led the growth and direction of the company.

Factors that could, individually or collectively, lead to positive
rating action/upgrade:

-- An improvement in funding flexibility, including a continued
    extension of funding duration, additional increases in the
    proportion of committed facilities beyond the current plan,
    and/or an increase in unsecured debt and unencumbered assets;

-- Demonstrated effectiveness of corporate governance policies,
    the maintenance of consistent operating performance, enhanced
    liquidity, and leverage maintained at or below 4.5x on a gross
    debt/tangible equity basis.

ESG CONSIDERATIONS

United Wholesale has an ESG Relevance Score of '4' for Governance
Structure due to elevated key person risk related to its president
and chief executive officer, Ishbia, who has led the growth and
strategic direction of the company, which has a negative impact on
the credit profile, and is relevant to the ratings in conjunction
with other factors.

United Shore also has an ESG Relevance Score of '4' for Customer
Welfare — Fair Messaging, Privacy and Data Security, due to its
exposure to compliance risks that include fair lending practices,
debt collection practices and consumer data protection, which has a
negative impact on the credit profile and is relevant to the rating
in conjunction with other factors.

Except for the matters discussed above, the highest level of ESG
credit relevance is a score of '3'. This means ESG issues are
credit neutral or have only a minimal credit impact on the entity,
either due to their nature or the way in which they are being
managed by the entity.

BEST/WORST CASE RATING SCENARIO

International scale credit ratings of Financial Institutions and
Covered Bond issuers have a best-case rating upgrade scenario
(defined as the 99th percentile of rating transitions, measured in
a positive direction) of three notches over a three-year rating
horizon; and a worst-case rating downgrade scenario (defined as the
99th percentile of rating transitions, measured in a negative
direction) of four notches over three years. The complete span of
best- and worst-case scenario credit ratings for all rating
categories ranges from 'AAA' to 'D'. Best- and worst-case scenario
credit ratings are based on historical performance.


UNITED WHOLESALE: Moody's Rates Planned $700M Unsecured Bond 'Ba3'
------------------------------------------------------------------
Moody's Investors Service has affirmed United Wholesale Mortgage,
LLC's Ba3 corporate family rating and Ba3 long-term unsecured debt
rating. In addition, Moody's has assigned a Ba3 rating to the
company's planned $700 million senior unsecured bond offering
maturing in 2029. The outlook remains stable.

Assignments:

Issuer: United Wholesale Mortgage, LLC

Senior Unsecured Regular Bond/Debenture, Assigned Ba3

Affirmations:

Issuer: United Wholesale Mortgage, LLC

LT Corporate Family Rating, Affirmed Ba3

Senior Unsecured Regular Bond/Debenture, Affirmed Ba3

Outlook Actions:

Issuer: United Wholesale Mortgage, LLC

Outlook, Remains Stable

RATINGS RATIONALE

The ratings reflect United Wholesale's strong franchise in the US
mortgage market as the fourth-largest overall mortgage originator
in 2020, and the largest wholesale broker originator for the last
several years. The company's profitability was exceptionally strong
in 2020 with net income to average assets (ROAA) of around 40%
driven by record originations and strong gain-on-sale margins.
While Moody's expects profitability to decline in 2021,
particularly as gain-on-sale margins decline as industry capacity
catches up to demand, Moody's expects profitability to remain
strong.

The company's capitalization is strong as indicated by its tangible
common equity (TCE) to adjusted tangible assets (TMA, which
excludes the Ginnie Mae loans eligible from repurchase from the
capital ratio) of 21.5% as of December 31, 2020.

The company has grown very rapidly over the last several years. The
rapid growth is credit negative due to the associated operational
risks, which may lead to stress on liquidity, management, controls
and system resources. In addition, Moody's believes that
sacrificing profitability or increasing operating risks to continue
rapid growth or to defend current market share could further
increase credit risks.

United Wholesale's funding structure has continued to strengthen
driven in large part with the recent issuance of unsecured debt.
The unsecured bond issuance increases the company's liquidity and
allows it to retain a higher percentage of its MSRs on balance
sheet. By not fully encumbering the MSRs, company will have greater
funding options, particularly during times of stress. Like most
non-bank mortgage companies, the company primarily relies on
short-term (mostly one-year maturities) repurchase facilities to
finance new originations.

On January 21, 2021, the company completed its merger with Gores
Holding IV, a special purpose acquisition company. The Ishbia
family continues to own more than 90% of the company and retain
voting control. Moody's considers the public listing as a credit
positive development because of the additional disclosure and
market discipline associated with being a public company. The
benefits of the public listing is somewhat offset by the pressure
on management from the quarterly earnings and market share growth
expectations of public investors. In addition, the Ishbia family,
will continue to control the company as the company's principal
stockholders. Finally, only three of the nine board members will be
required to be independent directors, a credit negative with
respect to corporate governance compared to a majority of
independent directors.

The Ba3 senior unsecured bond rating is based on United Wholesale's
corporate family rating and the application of Moody's Loss Given
Default (LGD) for Speculative-Grade Companies methodology and
model, which incorporate their priority of claim and strength of
asset coverage.

The stable outlook reflects Moody's expectation that United
Wholesale will maintain its strong franchise and strong
profitability over the next 12-18 months and that TCE to TMA will
remain around 20%.

FACTORS THAT COULD LEAD TO AN UPGRADE OR DOWNGRADE OF THE RATINGS

The company's ratings could be upgraded if the company is able to
continue to strengthen its franchise while maintaining 1) strong
profitability such as net income to assets in excess of 5.0%, 2)
strong capital position with its ratio of tangible common equity
(TCE) to tangible managed assets (TMA) expected to remain around
20%, 3) modest financial flexibility by maintaining a secured debt
to gross tangible assets ratio of less than 50%; and, 4) modest
refinance risk on its warehouse facilitates with at least 35% of
its warehouse lines being two year or longer facilities.

The company's ratings could be downgraded if its financial profile
or franchise position weaken. Negative ratings pressure may develop
if United Wholesale's 1) profitability weakens with net income to
assets falling below 3.5% for an extended period of time, 2) TCE to
TMA ratio falls and is expected to remain below 17.5%, 3) the
company increases its use of secured MSR funding facilities beyond
current modest levels, 4) percentage of non-GSE and non-government
loan origination volumes grow to more than 7.5% of its total
originations without a commensurate increase in alternative
liquidity sources, and capital to address the risker liquidity and
asset quality profile that such an increase would entail, or 5) the
committed warehouse facilities remain below 30% of the company's
total warehouse capacity. In addition, negative ratings pressure
may develop if operational or regulatory risks increase.

The principal methodology used in these ratings was Finance
Companies Methodology published in November 2019.


VERMILION ENERGY: Moody's Lowers CFR to B1 on Declined Production
-----------------------------------------------------------------
Moody's Investors Service has downgraded Vermilion Energy Inc.'s
corporate family rating to B1 from Ba3, its probability of default
rating to B1-PD from Ba3-PD, and it's senior unsecured rating to B3
from B2. At the same time, Vermilion's outlook has been changed to
stable from negative and its speculative grade liquidity rating has
been upgraded to SGL-2 from SGL-3.

"The downgrade reflects our expectation that Vermilion's production
will continue to decline towards 70,000 boe/d (net of royalties)
through 2022 driven by lower capital spending, and that the
company's cost structure will grow over the same period" said
Moody's analyst Jonathan Reid. "The change in outlook to stable
reflects our expectation that Vermilion will generate free cash
flow in 2021 and maintain good liquidity".

Downgrades:

Issuer: Vermilion Energy Inc.

Corporate Family Rating, Downgraded to B1 from Ba3

Probability of Default Rating, Downgraded to B1-PD from Ba3-PD

Senior Unsecured Regular Bond/Debenture, Downgraded to B3 (LGD6)
from B2 (LGD6)

Upgrades:

Issuer: Vermilion Energy Inc.

Speculative Grade Liquidity Rating, Upgraded to SGL-2 from SGL-3

Outlook Actions:

Issuer: Vermilion Energy Inc.

Outlook, Changed To Stable From Negative

RATINGS RATIONALE

Vermilion (B1 CFR) is challenged by: 1) a decline in production
towards 70,000 boe/d (net of royalties) through 2022 as a result of
lower capital spending and a shift away from its core North
American assets and towards more lucrative assets in Eastern and
Central Europe and Australia; 2) increasing production costs that
will partially offset the impact of improving commodity prices,
which combined with declining production will result in lower funds
from operation (FFO) generation in 2021 compared to historical
levels (FFO of around C$500 expected in 2021 compared to over C$800
million in 2018 and 2019); and 3) regulatory pressure on oil and
gas extraction throughout Europe where a material portion of the
company's assets are located. The company is supported by: 1)
exposure to international commodity prices for around one third of
total production, which are typically higher than prices received
at the company's North American assets; 2) a diversified portfolio
of assets with low decline rates; and 3) good liquidity, supported
by Moody's expectation that Vermilion will generate free cash flow
in 2021 which it will use to reduce debt.

The stable outlook reflects our view that Vermilion will generate
free cash flow in 2021 which it will use to reduce debt and
maintain credit metrics, and that it will maintain good liquidity.

Vermilion has good liquidity (SGL-2), with sources of around C$750
million in 2021 and no mandatory uses of liquidity over the next 4
quarters. Sources are comprised of around C$7 million of cash on
balance sheet as of December 31, 2020, about C$545 million
available under its C$2.1 billion revolving credit facility which
matures in May 2024, and expected free cash flow of around C$200
million. The company has no mandatory debt maturities over the next
four quarters. Moody's expects Vermilion will remain in compliance
with the three financial covenants under its revolving credit
facility over the next four quarters. Alternate sources of
liquidity, if needed, are good as the company could sell up to
C$210 million worth of assets without needing consent from its
banks.

In accordance with Moody's Loss Given Default for Speculative-Grade
Companies (LGD) Methodology, the senior unsecured notes are rated
B3, two notches below the B1 CFR. This two notch difference from
the CFR reflects the C$2.1 billion secured revolving credit
facility that ranks above Vermilion's unsecured notes in its
capital structure.

FACTORS THAT COULD LEAD TO AN UPGRADE OR DOWNGRADE OF THE RATINGS

Vermilion's ratings could be upgraded if it grew production beyond
the levels currently expected (86,000 boe/d net of royalties in
2020 declining towards 70,000 through 2022), if retained cash flow
(RCF)/debt approaches 35% (18% in 2020), and if its leveraged
full-cycle ratio improves toward 1.5x (1.1x in 2020) while
improving its cost structure. The ratings could be downgraded if
production declines beyond the levels currently expected, if
RCF/debt is sustained below 20%, if its leveraged full-cycle ratio
is sustained below 1x with a worsening cost structure, or if its
liquidity profile deteriorates.

The principal methodology used in these ratings was Independent
Exploration and Production Industry published in May 2017.

Vermilion is a public Canadian independent exploration and
production (E&P) company, headquartered in Calgary, Alberta, that
operates a range of onshore and offshore light oil and natural gas
assets. The company has significant operations in Canada, Europe,
Australia and the US.


VILLA TAPIA CORP: Unsecured Creditors to Get 100% in 60-Month Plan
------------------------------------------------------------------
Villa Tapia Citi Fresh Supermarket Corp filed a Fourth Amended Plan
and a corresponding Disclosure Statement.

The Plan is a 60-month Plan in which all creditors are paid 100%
and all creditors begin receiving payments on the Effective Date of
the Plan (with the exception of PM Esq., who on consent begins
receiving payments on the 11th month of the Plan.)

The Plan is an affordable Plan, as during the six-month period from
September 2020 to February 2021, the Monthly Operating Reports show
that the Debtor's average net cash flow with loan payments and
non-recurring expenses added back in, is $5,992.  All the monthly
payments under the Plan are less than that amount:

   * Payments #1-13 are under $5,700.
   * Payments #14-36 are under $5,400.  
   * Payments #37-43 are under $5,700.
   * Payments #44-48 are under $5,200.
   * Payments #49-59 are under $2,200.
   * The final payment is $3,186.58.

The Payment Schedule is designed to pay off all creditors as
quickly as possible while coordinating the payments with what is
anticipated to be a significant increase in the Debtor's revenues
over the course of the Plan.

Class 5 is an impaired class consisting of nonpriority unsecured
claims.
Con Edison's unsecured debt ($14,259) will be paid in full in 48
monthly payments beginning on the Effective Date.  The unsecured
debt of National Grid ($1,014), Community Financial ($2,020) and
ADT Security ($2,639) will be paid in full in 5 monthly payments
beginning on the Effective Date.  The unsecured debt of Manhattan
Beer ($6,900) will be paid in full in 10 monthly payments beginning
on the Effective Date.  The unsecured nonpriority debt of the NYS
T&F ($702.49) and the Internal Revenue Service ($1,717) will be
combined with the priority debt of these taxing agencies as
described above and paid in full in 36 monthly payments beginning
on the Effective Date.

A copy of the Fourth Amended Disclosure Statement dated March 26,
2021, is available at https://bit.ly/31DZfms

                     About Villa Tapia Citi
                      Fresh Supermarket Corp.

Based in Brooklyn, N.Y., Villa Tapia Citi Fres Supermarket Corp. is
a delicatessen located at 40 Nostrand Avenue, Brooklyn, NY11205.

It fell behind on its debt obligations in mid-2019 after it lost
its W.I.C. license, which enabled it to sell certain nutritional
children's products to holders of W.I.C. (Women, Infants, and
Children) food subsidy cards.

The Company subsequently fell behind on its rent payments to
landlord Nostrand Avenue Equities, and on its loan payments to
Eastern Funding LLC, which held a secured first lien on all the
Debtor's property, and to Resnick Supermarket Equipment Corporation
and General Trading Company, both of whom held junior liens.

Villa Tapia Citi Fresh Supermarket Corp. filed a voluntary petition
for relief under Chapter 11 of the Bankruptcy Code (Bankr. E.D.N.Y.
Case No. 20-40357) on Jan. 20, 2020, listing under $1 million in
both assets and liabilities.

Previously, Judge Elizabeth S. Stong oversaw the case, now the case
is assigned to Judge Nancy Hershey Lord.  Phillip Mahony, Esq., is
the Debtor's bankruptcy counsel.

The Debtor tapped Sgouras Law Firm, PLLC as its legal counsel for
non-bankruptcy matters, and Marcum LLP as its accountant.


VINE ENERGY: Fitch Assigns First-Time 'B(EXP)' LongTerm IDR
-----------------------------------------------------------
Fitch Ratings has assigned a first-time Long-Term Issuer Default
Rating (IDR) of 'B(EXP)' to Vine Energy Inc. and Vine Energy
Holdings LLC (Vine). 'BB(EXP)'/'RR1' to Vine's new First Lien
Reserve Based Loan (RBL), 'BB-(EXP)'/'RR2' to its second lien term
loan and 'B(EXP)'/'RR4' to its proposed senior unsecured notes. The
Rating Outlook is Stable.

Vine's expected ratings reflect the closing of its IPO and new $350
million RBL facility, closing its proposed $950 million senior
unsecured notes offering and applying proceeds to debt reduction
that results in total debt of below $1.2 billion. Failure to
execute on these transactions could result in the withdrawal of the
expected ratings.

The Ratings consider Vine's cost structure, Haynesville footprint,
hedge coverage, FCF forecast and sub-2.5x debt/EBITDA profile. They
are offset by a relatively small RBL borrowing base, less developed
PDP inventory, and the need to demonstrate commitment to its
outlined financial policy.

KEY RATING DRIVERS

Improved Capital Structure: In conjunction with the completion of
Vine's IPO that provided approximately $324 million of net
proceeds, Fitch expects the proposed $950 million senior unsecured
notes offering and the application of proceeds to repaying existing
Vine Oil & Gas and Brix Oil & Gas Holdings debt, with the exception
of the $150 million second lien term loan maturing December 2025,
to support a relatively low leverage capital structure for the 'B'
rating category.

Forecast Total Debt with Equity Credit/EBITDA at YE 2021 is
approximately 2x and supported by a manageable expected maturity
schedule with the new RBL maturing in December 2024, and the senior
unsecured notes maturing in 2029.

FCF Provides Liquidity Support: Vine's new RBL commitment is $350
million, with $32 million initially drawn and $25 million of
letters of credit, equating to a favorable utilization rate below
20%. The absolute amount of the $350 million commitment is below
the typical RBL commitment size of E&P producers with over
100Mboe/d production and a notable factor in Vine's total
liquidity. Fitch forecasts Vine to generate positive FCF throughout
the forecast on a capital spending program of $300 million to $350
million, providing internally generated funds in support of
liquidity needs and providing for flat production.

Significant Haynesville Footprint: Vine's 127,000 net surface acres
are located entirely within the dry gas Haynesville Basin in
Northwest Louisiana and focus on the Haynesville and Mid-Bossier
plays and includes roughly 25 years of inventory, though its Proved
Developed Producing (PDP) reserve base is relatively smaller than
peers. The Haynesville Basin is advantageously located near the
Gulf Coast and Henry Hub with well-developed takeaway capacity,
supporting comparatively low approximately $0.30 differentials.
Production pro-forma combined Vine and Brix produced an average of
892 MMcf/d (149boe/d equivalent) for YE 2020.

Quick Well Paybacks: Vine's historical well results suggest high
initial production levels that produce 45% of Estimated Ultimate
Recovery in the first year providing relatively short payback
periods of 9-16 months. As a dry gas producer, Vine's production
costs of around $0.61/Mcf during 2020 are competitive among natural
gas peers and in line with Haynesville peer Comstock. Vine's costs
are also supported by favorable gathering infrastructure and well
managed G&A costs. Proforma for the combined company at YE 2020,
Vine's unhedged cash netback was $0.78 Mcfe.

Planned Credit Friendly Policy: Vine expects to allocate positive
FCF toward repayment of the $150 million second lien term loan and
outstanding RBL borrowings in an effort to achieve credit-friendly
target leverage of 1.0x-1.5x. Prior to achieving this leverage, a
dividend is not expected. Fitch is looking for execution on this
policy, demonstrating a shift from pre-IPO actions, which included
a $30 million 2020 distribution to Blackstone from RBL proceeds and
a Tax Receivable Agreement, which affects future cash flows after
2025 by sharing the benefit derived from tax attributes with the
pre-IPO investors.

Hedging Policy Reduces CF Volatility: Vine's hedging program is
reflected in its second lien term loan terms, which require 70% of
expected production hedged over 24 months and the terms of its new
RBL that requires 80% of PDP volume hedged within the first 24
months and 70% of PDP volumes for a rolling 24 months thereafter.

DERIVATION SUMMARY

In terms of production, the combined Vine at YE 2020 averaged 892
MMcfe/d (0% liquids). This is below Haynesville comps Comstock
(B/Positive) at 1,260 MMcfe/d (2% liquids), but above Aethon United
BR LP (B/Stable) and in line with natural gas producer Encino
(B/Negative), which operates in the Appalachian Basin at 919
MMcfe/d (2Q20; 30% liquids). Vine's F2021 leverage around 2x is
generally consistent with Aethon's and below Comstock's near 3x.

Encino has the highest liquids content of the noted gas producers
at 30%, resulting in above-average unhedged realized pricing
compared to Vine Oil & Gas' $1.74/Mcf and Brix's $1.78/Mcf in 2020.
Vine's realizations are in line with Haynesville dry gas comp
Comstock, which realized $1.87per Mcfe in 2020. 2020 cash netbacks
were $0.78 Mcfe for the proforma combined Vine, in line with
Comstock, which along with Vine, is a lower cost operator.

Vine's strategy for a FCF-focused low growth model will require
approximately $350 million capex during the next few years and $300
million longer term to maintain production. Fitch expects Vine to
drill approximately 28 net wells in 2021, compared with Comstock
who plans to spending $510 million-$550 million to drill 51 net
wells. Comstock holds 5.6 Tcfe of Proved reserves compared to
Vine's proforma 3.2 Tcfe of Proved reserves.

KEY RECOVERY RATING ASSUMPTIONS

The recovery analysis assumes that Vine Energy Holdings LLC would
be reorganized as a going concern in bankruptcy rather than
liquidated. Fitch has assumed a 10% administrative claim and a 100%
draw on the RBL facility.

Going-Concern (GC) Approach

The GC EBITDA assumption of $360 million reflects the stress case
EBITDA in the latter years of Fitch's forecast, when commodity
prices start to move towards mid-cycle conditions.

An EV multiple of 3.0x EBITDA is applied to the GC EBITDA to
calculate a post-reorganization enterprise value. The choice of
this multiple considered the following factors:

-- The historical bankruptcy case study exit multiples for peer
    companies ranged from 2.8x to 7.0x, with an average of 5.2x
    and a median of 5.4x;

-- The multiple is below the approximate recovery EV multiples of
    Comstock (3.75x) and Aethon (3.5x) given the company's less
    de-risked Eastern Haynesville footprint and relatively smaller
    PDP position.

Liquidation Approach

The liquidation estimate reflects Fitch's view of the value of
balance sheet assets that can be realized in sale or liquidation
processes conducted during a bankruptcy or insolvency proceeding
and distributed to creditors.

In assigning the value for Vine's assets, Fitch considered its
proforma $740 million PV10 value, $590 million proved developed
reserves and comparable M&A transactions within the Haynesville
Basin, including comparable multiples for production per flowing
barrel, value per acre and value per drilling location.

Under the waterfall allocation, the first lien RBL of $350 million
has a 'RR1' recovery rating and is notched up three levels to 'BB'.
The second lien term loan is assigned a 'RR2' and is notched up two
levels to 'BB-'. The planned senior secured notes are notched in
line with the IDR at 'B'/'RR4'.

KEY ASSUMPTIONS

-- Henry Hub prices of $2.75/Mcf in 2021, $2.45/Mcf in 2022, and
    $2.45/Mcf thereafter;

-- Vine, Brix and Harvest combination modelled to occur on Jan.
    1, 2021;

-- Production growth in the low-to-mid single digits;

-- Capex of approximately $350 million in 2021-2023, $300 million
    in 2024+ to maintain production;

-- Positive FCF allocated toward repayment of the RBL and second
    lien term loan;

-- Commencement of measured shareholder activity upon achievement
    of 1.0x-1.5x target.

RATING SENSITIVITIES

Factors that could, individually or collectively, lead to positive
rating action/upgrade:

-- Execution on credit-friendly financial policy focusing on
    deleveraging over distributions;

-- Realization of production and capital efficiencies supporting
    successful shift to material positive FCF generation;

-- Continued development, de-risking and establishment of
    operational momentum that results in material increase of PDP
    reserves and competitive unit costs;

-- Mid-cycle total debt with equity credit/EBITDA or FFO adjusted
    leverage below 2.5x.

Fitch does not expect to upgrade until Vine demonstrates a track
record of realizing production and capital efficiencies, leading to
positive FCF and economic production and reserves growth.

Factors that could, individually or collectively, lead to negative
rating action/downgrade:

-- A change in terms of financial policy that is debt-holder
    unfriendly;

-- Mid-cycle total debt with equity credit/EBITDA or FFO adjusted
    leverage above 3.0x;

-- Loss of operational momentum trending production below
    700MMcf/d or materially increasing production costs;

-- Reduction in RBL borrowing base or other event materially
    weakening liquidity;

-- A trend of negative FCF contributing to diminished liquidity.

Following the closing of the $950 million senior unsecured offering
and the application of proceeds retiring existing debt, the
'B(EXP)' IDR would be replaced with a 'B' IDR.

BEST/WORST CASE RATING SCENARIO

International scale credit ratings of Non-Financial Corporate
issuers have a best-case rating upgrade scenario (defined as the
99th percentile of rating transitions, measured in a positive
direction) of three notches over a three-year rating horizon; and a
worst-case rating downgrade scenario (defined as the 99th
percentile of rating transitions, measured in a negative direction)
of four notches over three years. The complete span of best- and
worst-case scenario credit ratings for all rating categories ranges
from 'AAA' to 'D'. Best- and worst-case scenario credit ratings are
based on historical performance.

LIQUIDITY AND DEBT STRUCTURE

Cleaned Up Capital Structure: With $33 million cash proforma the
business combination at YE 2020, $32 million drawn and $25 million
of letters of credit on the new $350 million RBL at completion of
the noted transaction, as well as the legacy $150 million second
lien term loan and the planned $950 million senior unsecured
issuance, Vine will have an initial $327 million in liquidity and
approximately $1.13 billion in debt. Total debt with equity
credit/operating EBITDA at YE 2021 is forecast to be approximately
2x.

ESG Considerations

Vine has a an ESG Relevance Score of '4' for Governance Structure
due to board independence and effectiveness, reflecting that four
of six expected directors at the IPO will be Blackstone appointed.
The score also reflects ownership concentration due to Blackstone's
over 50% holdings and subsequent ability to influence Vine's board
and management. These factors have a negative impact on Vine's
credit profile and are relevant to the rating in conjunction with
other factors.

Unless otherwise disclosed in this section, the highest level of
ESG credit relevance is a score of '3'. This means ESG issues are
credit-neutral or have only a minimal credit impact on the entity,
either due to their nature or the way in which they are being
managed by the entity.


VINE ENERGY: Moody's Assigns First Time B2 Corp. Family Rating
--------------------------------------------------------------
Moody's Investors Service assigned first time ratings to Vine
Energy Holdings LLC (VEH), including a Corporate Family Rating of
B2, Probability of Default Rating of B2-PD, and senior unsecured
notes rating of B3. The Speculative Grade Liquidity rating is
SGL-2. The rating outlook is stable.

Moody's will withdraw all existing ratings of Vine Oil & Gas, LP
(Vine) upon the close of the VEH debt issuance and the repayment of
Vine's unsecured notes.

VEH, a subsidiary of the publicly listed Vine Energy Inc. (VEI),
consolidates three operating companies - Vine, Brix Oil & Gas
Holdings LP (Brix) and Harvest Royalties Holding LP (Harvest), all
previously fully owned by The Blackstone Group L.P. (Blackstone).
Following the reorganization in March 2021, Blackstone retains
management control over VEI and VEH and will use $324 million in
net proceeds from the recently completed initial public offering of
VEI, and the proceeds from the issuance of the proposed $950
million unsecured notes, to repay the outstanding unsecured notes
and revolver borrowings at Vine and the Unitranche term loan at
Brix. VEH has entered into a new $350 million senior secured
reserves based revolving credit facility (RBL), that will support
the liquidity position of the combined operations. Vine's legacy
$150 million second lien term loan was novated to VEH, making VEH
the sole borrower in the VEH corporate family.

"The combination of Vine, Brix and Harvest's assets creates a
producing company of larger scale and reduced financial leverage,
while VEI's public listing offers additional source of growth
funding and reduces group's reliance on borrowing," commented
Sreedhar Kona, Moody's senior analyst. "Moody's expects VEH to
maintain ample financial flexibility reflected in the stable
outlook on its ratings. VEH will maintain its production, generate
solid free cash flow and will have capacity to further reduce debt
in the next two years".

Assignments:

Issuer: Vine Energy Holdings LLC

Probability of Default Rating, Assigned B2-PD

Speculative Grade Liquidity Rating, Assigned SGL-2

Corporate Family Rating, Assigned B2

Senior Unsecured Notes, Assigned B3 (LGD4)

Outlook Actions:

Issuer: Vine Energy Holdings LLC

Outlook, Assigned Stable

To be Withdrawn upon the repayment of Notes:

Issuer: Vine Oil & Gas, LP

Corporate Family Rating, Caa1

Probability of Default Rating, Caa1-PD

Senior Unsecured Notes, Caa2 (LGD5)

Outlook, Stable (to be withdrawn)

RATINGS RATIONALE

VEH's B2 CFR reflects its high debt leverage, albeit somewhat lower
than Vine's prior leverage and the company's single basin
concentration offset by its strong free cash flow generation, as
well as good liquidity position. Moody's expects VEH's cash flow
metrics to improve over the next twelve months, supported by its
strong hedge book that provides substantial certainty of cash flow
through 2021 and beyond, positioning the company for debt
reduction. VEH's combined production and size of proved developed
(PD) reserves are relatively modest compared to its rated peers,
with additional risks associated with single basin concentration.
VEI's public offering significantly improves VEH's growth
prospects, as the company can avail itself to public equity as a
source of funding to pursue growth without increasing its debt. VEH
also benefits from its productive acreage in the Haynesville/
Mid-Bossier formations, efficient operations and its low finding
and development costs contributing to solid capital efficiency.

The stable outlook reflects Moody's expectation that the company
will reduce debt through free cash flow generation, while
maintaining size and scale, and improving cash margins through cost
structure optimization.

VEH's senior unsecured notes are rated B3, one notch below the B2
CFR, reflecting the notes' subordination to VEH's $350 million
senior secured RBL facility and the $150 million second lien term
loan, all of which benefit from a priority lien on the collateral.

VEH's liquidity is good as reflected in its SGL-2 rating. Pro forma
for the notes issuance, VEH will have $25 million of cash balance
and approximately $58 million drawn on its $350 million senior
secured RBL facility with maturity in December 2024. About 85% of
VEH's expected production for 2021 is hedged at above $2.50 per
MMBtu of Henry Hub natural gas price. VEH's hedge book extends to
2025. Moody's expects VEH to use its operating cash flow to meet
its cash needs, including capital spending through 2021.
Maintenance financial covenants include a maximum 3.25x total net
leverage ratio (with maximum cash netting of $75 million) and
minimum current ratio of 1x. Moody's expects the company to
maintain compliance under its covenants through the next 12 months.
All of the company's assets are pledged as collateral under the RBL
and second lien term loan facility. The second lien term loan
facility matures in 2025, but the company will have the financial
flexibility to repay it ahead of schedule, in 2022 through free
cash flow generation.

FACTORS THAT COULD LEAD TO AN UPGRADE OR DOWNGRADE OF THE RATINGS

VEH's ratings could be upgraded if the company generates consistent
positive free cash flow while reducing debt and growing reserves to
improve debt to proved developed reserves significantly, and
maintaining a leveraged full cycle ratio above 1.5x. The company
must also maintain good liquidity.

Factors that could lead to a downgrade include deterioration of
liquidity or higher leverage, with retained cash flow to debt below
20%, as a result of negative free cash flow generation or
debt-funded acquisitions.

Headquartered in Plano, Texas, Vine Energy Holdings LLC is a
natural gas-focused private independent exploration and production
company majority owned by Vine Energy Inc. (VEI). VEI is a publicly
listed company formed in 2021 and majority owned by its private
equity sponsor, The Blackstone Group L.P.

The principal methodology used in these ratings was Independent
Exploration and Production Industry published in May 2017.


WESTERN DIGITAL: Fitch Affirms 'BB+' LT Issuer Default Rating
-------------------------------------------------------------
Fitch Ratings has affirmed the Long-Term Issuer default rating for
Western Digital Corp. (WD) at 'BB+'. Fitch has also affirmed the
first-lien senior secured credit facilities ratings at 'BBB-'/'RR1'
and senior unsecured notes ratings at 'BB+'/'RR4'. The Outlook is
Stable. These ratings affect $11.5 billion of total debt, including
the undrawn $2.25 billion revolving credit facility (RCF due Feb.
27, 2023.

The ratings and Outlook reflect Fitch's expectation for improving
intermediate-term operating performance, driven by higher flash
prices, a richer sales mix and profit margins benefitting from
process technology-driven cost savings. After two years of
trough-level operating EBITDA, Fitch expects stronger average cash
flow over the next three years despite higher capital spending,
including at WD's flash manufacturing, Flash Ventures (FV), a joint
venture (JV) with partner, Kioxia Corp.

WD's suspension of its common dividend and commitment to using cash
flow for debt reduction should enable the company to achieve its $6
billion nominal debt target and position WD for higher ratings in
the intermediate term. WD's use of cash flow for debt reduction
will better position the company to refinance its $5.8 billion of
outstanding borrowings under the first-lien senior secured credit
facilities, which expires in February 2023.

KEY RATING DRIVERS

Credit Positive Financial Policies: WD's suspension of its common
dividend and use of FCF to reach its total debt target is credit
positive, and Fitch believes could support higher ratings over the
intermediate term. WD suspended share repurchases nine quarters
ago, along with the dividend at the end of fiscal 2020. Debt
reduction has exceeded FCF over the past six quarters. At this
pace, Fitch forecasts WD should achieve the $6 billion debt target
over the next two years, enabling it to maintain total
debt/operating EBITDA below 2.5x through the cycle.

Cyclical Memory ASPs: Fitch expects memory average selling prices
(ASP) will remain highly cyclical, driven by production technology
transitions and excess supply additions across a fragmented
industry, limiting WD's control over profit margins. Given the
significant operating leverage in the business, Fitch estimates
operating EBITDA margins will range from the high-teens to low-20%
over the forecast. Industry consolidation and the breakdown of
Moore's Law should reduce the cost savings associated with
transitioning to smaller geometries and moderate pricing cycles. SK
Hynix's pending acquisition of Intel Corporation's memory business
also reduces potential supply additions, pointing to more
disciplined pricing.

Significant Technology Risk: Technology for storage providers is
significant and requires substantial investments in R&D and capex
to keep pace with efficiencies. WD faces competition in NAND
production from higher-rated peers with greater financial
flexibility driving technological obsolescence risk, although FV
enables WD to share in development and manufacturing costs with
lower investment intensity than other peers. In addition, its disk
drives business benefits from a duopolistic industry structure that
enables WD to moderate bit-supply additions with demand.

Breakdown of Moore's Law: The breakdown of Moore's Law should be
supportive of WD's NAND business with lower cost benefits achieved
by incremental process technology shrinks, slowing the pace of
technology investment to maintain returns on investment across the
industry. At the same time, Fitch believes slowing innovation poses
two distinct risks to profit margins: The ASP-pressuring capacity
additions intensify; and China accelerates closure of the
still-substantial differential between its memory capabilities and
those of non-Chinese players, including WD.

Agnostic Storage Technology Portfolio: Fitch believes WD will
benefit from an agnostic storage technology portfolio, which
enables the company to supply storage solutions to both a wide
range of performance and capacity storage workloads. WD's secure
supply of NAND for SSD strengthens the company's products and
solutions in high-performance markets where SSDs are cannibalizing
HDDs, including personal computers and mission-critical enterprise
drives. HDDs continue to benefit from lower total cost of ownership
for certain applications such as capacity drives and surveillance
products.

FV Risks: Fitch believes the FV JV represents a contingent
liability for WD given that FV supports WD's SSD business,
representing roughly half of total revenue, through co-investing in
innovation and providing NAND flash with favorable economics. The
JV provides both WD and its partner the option but not obligation
to fund capex at the JV. However, Fitch does not believe either
partner could withhold investment on a sustained basis without
impairing the JV's and WD's SSD competitiveness.

DERIVATION SUMMARY

WD is positioned in line with higher-rated direct peers, given the
company's strong market positions, lower investment intensity and
technology leadership by virtue of its JV structure. WD's focus on
debt reduction with substantially all of its FCF positions the
company to maintain total debt/operating EBITDA below 2.5x on
average through the cycle.

WD is in line with comparably rated Seagate with WD's SSD business
providing greater diversification, faster average growth and higher
average profit margins more than offsetting Seagate's lower
investment intensity. While average pre-dividend FCF margins are
roughly similar, Seagate's financial policies are more aggressive,
with no leverage targets to balance a sizeable dividend and more
recently intensified stock buybacks.

WD is largely in line with higher-rated Micron Technology Inc.
(BBB-/Stable), which competes with WD in NAND production. Micron is
more deeply cyclical due to its focus on NAND and DRAM development
and manufacturing, while WD's HDD business moderates some
cyclicality, and the JV structure reduces investment intensity. At
the same time, Micron's financial structure is meaningfully more
conservative, having used windfall cash flow from record memory
prices in 2017-2018 for permanent debt reduction.

KEY ASSUMPTIONS

-- Revenue grows by mid-single digits in fiscal 2022 as
    datacenter (DC) spending accelerates after a digestion phase.
    Revenue growth slows in fiscal 2023 and declines in fiscal
    2024 as demand normalizes, representing a roughly flat CAGR in
    2020-2024.

-- Gross profit margins are 150bps higher in fiscal 2021 than in
    fiscal 2020 driven by the realization of process technology
    cost reductions amid relatively stable ASPs. Fiscals 2022-2023
    should benefit from a richer sales mix, as energy-assisted
    capacity drives a higher percentage of growth. After peaking
    in the mid-20%, Fitch expects non-GAAP gross margins in the
    20%-25% range.

-- Assuming relatively flat operating expenses, Fitch forecasts
    operating EBITDA margins in the 15%-30% through the cycle but
    closer to the high-teens/low-20% through the forecast.

-- Fitch expects cash capital spending of roughly $1 billion in
    the current fiscal year and 6% capital intensity thereafter.
    Fitch anticipates a reversal of cash received from FV in
    fiscal 2020.

-- Dividend remains suspended until the company achieves its debt
    target, at which point Fitch expects WD will gradually
    reintroduce the dividend and focus on stock buybacks.

-- WD will use FCF for debt reduction until it achieves its
    target debt level.

RATING SENSITIVITIES

Factors that could, individually or collectively, lead to positive
rating action/upgrade:

-- Average organic revenue growth in the low- to mid-single
    digits and operating EBITDA margins averaging in the mid-20s
    through a memory cycle.

-- Expectations for total debt/operating EBITDA averaging below
    2.5x through the cycle, or pre-dividend FCF to total debt
    above 15%.

Factors that could, individually or collectively, lead to negative
rating action/downgrade:

-- Sustained negative organic revenue growth from weaker than
    expected capacity HDD growth.

-- Slower than expected debt reduction and profitability erosion
    resulting in total debt to operating EBITDA sustained above
    3.0x, or pre-dividend/total debt approaching 10%.

BEST/WORST CASE RATING SCENARIO

International scale credit ratings of Non-Financial Corporate
issuers have a best-case rating upgrade scenario (defined as the
99th percentile of rating transitions, measured in a positive
direction) of three notches over a three-year rating horizon; and a
worst-case rating downgrade scenario (defined as the 99th
percentile of rating transitions, measured in a negative direction)
of four notches over three years. The complete span of best- and
worst-case scenario credit ratings for all rating categories ranges
from 'AAA' to 'D'. Best- and worst-case scenario credit ratings are
based on historical performance.

LIQUIDITY AND DEBT STRUCTURE

Solid liquidity: Fitch expects liquidity will remain adequate and,
as of Dec. 31, 2021, was supported by $3.0 billion of cash and cash
equivalents and an undrawn $2.25 billion secured RCF expiring Feb.
27, 2023. Fitch's expectation for $1 billion of annual FCF on
average over the rating horizon also supports liquidity. WD faces
the maturity of its first-lien senior secured credit facility in
the spring of 2023, the majority of which Fitch expects the company
to refinance.

ESG CONSIDERATIONS

Unless otherwise disclosed in this section, the highest level of
ESG credit relevance is a score of '3'. This means ESG issues are
credit-neutral or have only a minimal credit impact on the entity,
either due to their nature or the way in which they are being
managed by the entity.


[^] BOOK REVIEW: The Rise and Fall of the Conglomerate Kings
------------------------------------------------------------
Author:     Robert Sobel
Publisher:  Beard Books
Softcover:  240 pages
List Price: $34.95
Review by David Henderson

Order your personal copy today at http://is.gd/1GZnJk

The marvelous thing about capitalism is that you, too, can be a
Master of the Universe.  If you are of a certain age, you will
recall that is the name commandeered by Wall Street bond traders in
their Glory Days.  Being one is a lot like surfing: you have to
catch the crest of the wave just right or you get slammed into the
drink, and even the ride never lasts forever.  There are no Endless
Summers in the market.

This book is the behind-the-scenes story of the financial wizards
and bare-knuckled businessmen who created the conglomerates, the
glamorous multi-form companies that marked the high noon of
post-World War II American capitalism.  Covering the period from
the end of the war to 1983, the author explains why and how the
conglomerate movement originated, how it mushroomed, and what
caused its startling and rapid decline.  Business historian Robert
Sobel chronicles the rise and fall of the first Masters of the
Universe in the U.S. and describes how the era gave rise to a cadre
of imaginative, bold, and often ruthless entrepreneurs who took
advantage of a buoyant stock market to create giant enterprises,
often through the exchange of overvalued paper for real assets.  He
covers the likes of Royal Little (Textron), Text Thornton (Litton
Industries), James Ling (Ling-Temco-Vought), Charles Bludhorn (Gulf
& Western) and Harold Geneen (ITT).  This is a good read to put the
recent boom and bust in a better perspective.

While these men had vastly different personalities and processes,
they had a few things in common: ambition, the ability to seize
opportunities that others were too risk-averse to take, willing
bankers, and the expansive markets of the 1960s.  There is
something about an expansive market that attracts and creates
Masters of the Universe.  The Greek called it hubris.

The author tells a good joke to illustrate the successes and
failures of the period.  It seems the young son of a Conglomerateur
brings home a stray mongrel dog.  His father asks, "How much do you
think it's worth?" To which the boy replies, "At least $30,000."
The father gently tries to explain the market for mongrel dogs, but
the boy is undeterred and the next afternoon proudly announces that
he has sold the dog for $50,000.  The father is proudly
flabbergasted,  "You mean you found some fool with that much money
who paid you for that dog?"  "Not exactly," the son replies, "I
traded it for two $25,000 cats."

While it lasted, the conglomerate struggles were a great slugfest
to watch: the heads of giant corporations battling each other for
control of other corporations, and all of it free from the rubric
of "synergy."  Nobody could pretend there was any synergy between
U.S. Steel and Marathon Oil.  This was raw capitalist power at
work, not a bunch of fluffy dot.commies pretending to defy market
gravity.

History repeats itself, endlessly, because so few people study
history.  The stagflation of the 1970s devalued the stock of
conglomerates and made it useless a currency to keep the schemes
afloat.  The wave crashed and waiting on the horizon for the next
big wave: the LBO Masters of the 1980s.

Robert Sobel was born in 1931 and died in 1999.  He was a prolific
chronicler of American business life, writing or editing more than
50 books and hundreds of articles and corporate profiles.  He was a
professor of business history at Hofstra University for 43 years
and he a Ph.D. from NYU.



                            *********

Monday's edition of the TCR delivers a list of indicative prices
for bond issues that reportedly trade well below par.  Prices are
obtained by TCR editors from a variety of outside sources during
the prior week we think are reliable.  Those sources may not,
however, be complete or accurate.  The Monday Bond Pricing table
is compiled on the Friday prior to publication.  Prices reported
are not intended to reflect actual trades.  Prices for actual
trades are probably different.  Our objective is to share
information, not make markets in publicly traded securities.
Nothing in the TCR constitutes an offer or solicitation to buy or
sell any security of any kind.  It is likely that some entity
affiliated with a TCR editor holds some position in the issuers
public debt and equity securities about which we report.

Each Tuesday edition of the TCR contains a list of companies with
insolvent balance sheets whose shares trade higher than $3 per
share in public markets.  At first glance, this list may look like
the definitive compilation of stocks that are ideal to sell short.
Don't be fooled.  Assets, for example, reported at historical cost
net of depreciation may understate the true value of a firm's
assets.  A company may establish reserves on its balance sheet for
liabilities that may never materialize.  The prices at which
equity securities trade in public market are determined by more
than a balance sheet solvency test.

On Thursdays, the TCR delivers a list of recently filed
Chapter 11 cases involving less than $1,000,000 in assets and
liabilities delivered to nation's bankruptcy courts.  The list
includes links to freely downloadable images of these small-dollar
petitions in Acrobat PDF format.

Each Friday's edition of the TCR includes a review about a book of
interest to troubled company professionals.  All titles are
available at your local bookstore or through Amazon.com.  Go to
http://www.bankrupt.com/books/to order any title today.

Monthly Operating Reports are summarized in every Saturday edition
of the TCR.

The Sunday TCR delivers securitization rating news from the week
then-ending.

TCR subscribers have free access to our on-line news archive.
Point your Web browser to http://TCRresources.bankrupt.com/and use
the e-mail address to which your TCR is delivered to login.

                            *********

S U B S C R I P T I O N   I N F O R M A T I O N

Troubled Company Reporter is a daily newsletter co-published
by Bankruptcy Creditors Service, Inc., Fairless Hills,
Pennsylvania, USA, and Beard Group, Inc., Washington, D.C., USA.
Jhonas Dampog, Marites Claro, Joy Agravante, Rousel Elaine
Tumanda, Valerie Udtuhan, Howard C. Tolentino, Carmel Paderog,
Meriam Fernandez, Joel Anthony G. Lopez, Cecil R. Villacampa,
Sheryl Joy P. Olano, Psyche A. Castillon, Ivy B. Magdadaro, Carlo
Fernandez, Christopher G. Patalinghug, and Peter A. Chapman, Editors.

Copyright 2021.  All rights reserved.  ISSN: 1520-9474.

This material is copyrighted and any commercial use, resale or
publication in any form (including e-mail forwarding, electronic
re-mailing and photocopying) is strictly prohibited without prior
written permission of the publishers.  Information contained
herein is obtained from sources believed to be reliable, but is
not guaranteed.

The TCR subscription rate is $975 for 6 months delivered via
e-mail.  Additional e-mail subscriptions for members of the same
firm for the term of the initial subscription or balance thereof
are $25 each.  For subscription information, contact Peter A.
Chapman at 215-945-7000.

                   *** End of Transmission ***